HP Pavilion dv1000 Maintenance And Service Manual
Main tenan ce and Ser vice Gu id e HP P a v ili o n d v1000 Notebook P C HP C ompaq nx4 800 Notebook P C C ompaq Pr e sar io V2000 Not ebook P C Doc ument P art Number: 3 7 2 3 7 3-003 Jul y 200 5 This guide is a troubleshooting reference used for maintaining and servicing the computer . It provides comprehensi ve information on identifying computer features, components, and spare parts; troubleshooting computer problems; and performing computer disassembly procedures. â The information and proced ures included in this Maintenance and Service Guide apply to all HP Pavi lion dv1000 Notebook PCs and HP Compaq nx4800 Business Notebooks and all Compaq Presario V2000 Notebook PCs equipped with Intel processors.
© Copyright 2004, 2005 He wlett-Packard Dev elopment Company , L.P . Microsoft and W indows are U.S. re gistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Intel, Pentium, and Celeron are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Bluetooth is a tradem ark of its proprietor and used by He wlett-Packard Compan y under license. The information contained herein is su bject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompan ying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty . HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide HP P av i li on dv 1000 Notebook P C HP Co mpaq nx4 800 Noteboo k PC Co mpaq Pr esar io V2000 Notebook P C Thir d E dition Jul y 2005 Second E dition December 2004 F irst E dition Septe mber 2004 Document P ar t Numb er : 3 7 2 3 7 3-003
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de iii Cont ent s 1 Product Description 1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â2 1.2 Resetting the Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â4 1.3 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â5 1.4 External Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â6 1.5 Design Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â36 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 2.2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â5 3 Illustrated Parts Catalog 3.1 Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â1 3.2 Computer Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â2 3.3 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â20 3.4 Mass Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â22 3.5 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â25 3.6 Sequential Part Number Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â27 4 Removal and Replacement Preliminaries 4.1 Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 4.2 Service Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 4.3 Preventing Damage to Removable Drives . . . . . . . . 4â2 4.4 Preventing Electrostatic Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â3 4.5 Packaging and Transporting Precautions . . . . . . . . . 4â4
i v Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Con ten ts 4.6 Workstation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â5 4.7 Grounding Equipment and Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 5 Removal and Replacement Procedures 5.1 Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 5.2 Disassembly Sequence Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassembly . . . . . . . . . 5â4 5.4 Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â6 5.5 Computer Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â10 5.6 Memory Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â10 5.7 Mini PCI Communications Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â13 5.8 Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â16 5.9 Switch Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â18 5.10 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â24 5.11 Display Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â30 5.12 Base Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â35 5.13 USB/S-Video Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â40 5.14 Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â42 5.15 RTC Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â44 5.16 Menu Control Button Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â45 5.17 Heat Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â48 5.18 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â50 5.19 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â52 5.20 System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â54 5.21 LED Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â62 6 Specifications A Connector Pin Assignments B Power Cord Set Requirements C Screw Listing Index
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â1 1 Pr oduc t D esc ription The HP Pa vilion dv1000 Notebook PC 1 and the HP Compaq nx4800 Notebook PC and the Compaq Presario V2000 Notebook PC (both represented by 2 ) of fer adv anced modularity , Intel® Pentium® M and Celeron® M processors, and extensi ve multimedia support. HP P av ilion d v1000, HP Co mpaq nx48 00, and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
1â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on 1.1 F e a t u r e s â The follo wing processors are a v ailable, v arying b y computer model: â Intel Pentium M 745 (1.8-GHz) with 400-MHz front side b us (FSB) â Intel Pentium M 735 (1.7-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 725 (1.6-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 710 TJ85 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB; operates at a lo wer temperature than other processors â Intel Celeron M 340 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 330 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â 14.0-inch WXGA (1280 à 768) TFT display with ov er 16.7 million colors, v arying b y computer model â 80-, 60-, or 40-GB high-capacity hard dri v e, v arying by computer model â 256-MB DDR synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) at 266 MHz, expandable to 2.0 GB on models with Intel Pentium M processors and 1.0 GB on models with Intel Celeron M processors â Microsoft® W indo ws® XP Home Edition or W indows XP Professional, or Free DOS, v arying by computer model â Full-size W indo ws ke yboard with embedded numeric ke ypad â T ouchPad pointing de vice with on button and dedicated two-w ay scroll region â Integrated 10/100 B ASE-T Ethernet local area network (LAN) network interface card (NIC) with RJ-45 jack â Integrated high-speed 56K modem with RJ-11 jack â Integrated wireless support for Mini PCI IEEE 802.11b and 802.11b/g WLAN de vice
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 â Support for one T ype II PC Card slots, with support for both 32-bit (CardBus) and 16-bit PC Cards â External 65-watt A C adapter with 3-wire po wer cord â 6-cell or 12-cell Li-Ion battery pack â Stereo speakers with v olume up and down b uttons â Support for the follo wing optical dri v es: â 8X Max D VD R W/R and CD-R W Combo Dri ve â 4X Max D VD R W/R and CD-R W Combo Dri ve â 8X Max D VD-R OM Driv e â 24X Max D VD/CD-R W Combo Dri v e â Connectors: â External monitor â Uni versal Serial Bus (USB) v . 2.0 â RJ-11 (modem) â RJ-45 (network) â Audio-out (headphone) â Audio-in (microphone) â Po wer â IEEE 1394 digital (select models only) â S-V ideo-out (select models only) â Infrared (HP Pa vilion models only) â Parallel â Serial â Docking (select models only) â Digital memory card reader (select models only)
1â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on 1 .2 Reset tin g th e Com pu ter If the computer you are servicing has an unkno wn password, follo w these steps to clear the password. These steps also clear CMOS: 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3, âPreparing the Computer for Disassembly , â for more information). 2. Remov e the real-time clock (R TC) battery (refer to Section 5.15, âR TC Battery , â for more information). 3. W ait approximately 5 minutes. 4. Replace the R TC battery and reassemble the computer . 5. Connect A C power to the computer . Do not reinsert any battery packs at this time. 6. T urn on the computer . All passwords and all CMOS settings ha v e been cleared.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â5 1. 3 P o w e r M a n a g e m e n t The computer comes with po wer management features that extend battery operating time and conserv e power . The computer supports the follo wing po wer management features: â Standby â Hibernation â Setting customization by the user â Hotke ys for setting the le ve l of performance â Battery calibration â Lid switch standby/resume â Po wer/standby b utton â Adv anced Conf iguration and Po wer Management (A CPM) compliance
1â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on 1 .4 External C omponen ts The external components on the front of the HP P avilion dv1000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-1. F ront C omponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â7 Ta b l e 1 - 1 Fr ont Components HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1 Speakers (2) Produces stereo sound. 2 P ower/standb y light â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 3 IDE (Integr ated Drive Electronics) drive light On or blinking: The internal hard drive or an optical drive is being accessed. 4B a t t e r y l i g h t â Amber : The batter y pack is charging. â Green: The batter y pack is fully charged. â Off: The batter y pack is discharging or not inser ted. 5 Displa y release latch Opens the computer . 6A u d i o - i n (microphone) jack Connects an optional monaural (single sound channel) microphone. 7A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jac k (2) Connect optional headphones or pow ered stereo speake rs. Also connect the audio function of an audio/v ideo de vice such as a tele vision or VCR.
1â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the front of the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-2. F ront C omponents, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â9 Ta b l e 1 - 2 Fr ont Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 Speakers (2) Produces stereo sound. 2 Wireless button light (select models only) On: An integrated wireless de vice is hardware enab led. 3 P ower/standb y light â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 4 IDE (Integr ated Drive Electronics) drive light â On or blinking: The internal hard drive or an optical driv e is being accessed. 5B a t t e r y l i g h t â Amber : The batter y pack is charging. â Green: The batter y pack is fully charged. â Off: The batter y pack is discharging or not inser ted. 6 Displa y release latch Opens the computer . 7A u d i o - i n (microphone) jack Connects an optional monaural (single sound channel) microphone. 8A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jack (2 on HP P avilion dv1000 models) Connect optional headphones or pow ered stereo speake rs. Also connect the audio function of an audio/v ideo de vice such as a tele vision or VCR.
1â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the right side of the HP P avilion dv1000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-3. R ight-Si de Components , HP P av ilion d v1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â11 Ta b l e 1 - 3 Right-Side Components HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1 USB connectors (2) Connect an optional USB de vice. 2 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader slot (select models only) In Windows , suppor ts digital memor y cards. 3 1394 por t (select models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , digital camera, or digital camcorder . 4 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (select models only) Connects an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, camcorder , projector , or video capture card.
1â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the right side of the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-4. R igh t-Side C omponen ts, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â13 Ta b l e 1 - 4 Right-Side Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 USB connectors (2) Connect an optional USB de vice. 2 6-in-1 Memor y Reader slot (Compaq Presario models only) 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader slot (HP Compaq models only) In Windows , suppor ts digital memor y cards. 3 1394 por t (select models only) Connects an optional 1394 de vice such as a scanner , digital camera, or digital camcorder . 4 6-in-1 Memor y Reader light (Compaq Presario models only) 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader light (HP Compaq models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (select models only) Connects an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, camcorder , projector , or video capture card.
1â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the rear and left side of the HP Pa vilion dv1000 are shown belo w and described in T a ble 1-5. R ear and Le ft -Side C omponents , HP P av ilion d v1000 Ta b l e 1 - 5 Rear and Left-Side Components HP P avilion dv1000 Item Component Function 1 Wireless light (select models only) On: An integrated wireless de vice is hardware enab led.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â15 2 Exhaust v ent Pro vides airflow to cool internal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surf ace, such as pillo ws, thic k rugs or clothing, to bloc k airflow . 3 P ower connector Connects an A C adapter cab le. 4 Exter nal monitor por t Connects an optional V GA e xter nal monitor or projector . 5 Expansion por t 2 Connects t he computer to an optional e xpansion base. â The computer has only one expansion port. The term expansion port 2 describes the type of expansion port. 6 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects an optional network cable . 7 RJ-11 (modem) jack Conn ects the modem cab le. 8 USB connector Connects an optional USB de vice. 9 PC Card slot Suppor ts an op tional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. Also ser v es as a storage location f or the optional HP Mobile Remote Control. 10 PC Card eject button Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. 11 Security cable slot Attaches an optional securi ty cab le to the computer . Ta b l e 1 - 5 Rear and Left-Side Components HP P avilion dv1000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the rear and left side of the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-6. R ear and Le ft -Side C omponents , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â17 Ta b l e 1 - 6 Rear and Left-Side Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 Exhaust v ent Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surf ace, such as pillo ws, thic k rugs or clothing, to bloc k airflow . 2 P ower connector Connect s an A C adapter cable. 3 Exter nal monitor por t Connects an optional V GA e xternal monitor or projector . 4 Expansion por t 2 Connects the computer to an optional e xpansion base. â The computer has only one expansion port. The term expansion port 2 describes the type of expansion port. 5 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects an optional network cable . 6 RJ-11 (modem) jac k Conn ects the modem cable . 7 USB connector Connects an optional USB de vice. 8 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 9 PC Card eject b utton Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. 10 Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer .
1â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The ke yboard components on the HP P avilion dv1000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-7. K ey board C omponents, HP P av ilion d v1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â19 T able 1-7 Ke yboard Components HP P a vilion dv1000 Item Component Function 1 fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks. F or e xample, pressing fn f7 decreases screen brightness. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and turns on the caps loc k light. 3 f1 to f12 ke ys (12) P erform system and application tasks. When combined with the fn key , sever al ke ys and buttons perf or m additional tasks as hotk eys . 4 num lock ke y Enables n umeric lock, tur ns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light. 5 K eypad k eys (15) In Windows , can be used like the ke ys on an e xter nal numeric k eypad. 6 Arrow k e ys Mov e the cursor around the screen. 7W i n d o w s applications ke y In Windows , displa ys a shor tcut menu f or items beneath the pointer . 8 Windows logo k e y In Window s , displa ys the Windows Star t menu.
1â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The ke yboard components on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-8. K eybo ard Co mp one nt s, H P Co mpa q n x 4800 a nd Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â21 T able 1-8 Ke yboard Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks. F or e xample, pressing fn f7 decreases screen brightness. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and turns on the caps loc k light. 3 f1 to f12 ke ys (12) P erform system and application tasks. When combined with the fn key , seve ra l ke ys and buttons perf or m additional tasks as hotk eys . 4 num lock ke y Enables n umeric lock, tur ns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light. 5 K eypad k eys (15) In Windows , can be used like the ke ys on an e xter nal numeric k eypad. 6 Arrow k e ys Mov e the cursor around the screen. 7W i n d o w s applications ke y In Windows , displa ys a shor tcut menu f or items beneath the pointer . 8 Windows logo k e y In Window s , displa ys the Windows Star t menu.
1â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The top components on the HP Pa vilion dv1000 are shown belo w and described in T able 1-9. T op C omponents, P art 1, HP P av ilion dv1000 Ta b l e 1 - 9 T op Components, P ar t 1 HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1 Displa y s witch If the computer is closed while on, tur ns off the displa y . 2 P ower b utton When the computer is â Off , press to turn on the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate Hiber nation. â In Standby , briefly press to resume from Standb y . â In Hiber nation, briefly press to restore from Hiber nation.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 3 3 D VD button When the computer is â Off , opens QuickPla y D VD mode. â On in Windows , opens the def ault Windows D VD application. â On in QuickPla y music mode , opens Quic kPla y D VD mode. â On in QuickPla y D VD mode, displa ys the D VD setup menu. â In Standby , resumes from Standb y into Windows . â In Hiber nation, opens Quic kPla y DV D m o d e . 4 Music b utton When the computer is â Off , opens Quic kPla y music mode . â On in Windows , opens the def ault Windows m usic application. â On in QuickPla y D VD mode, opens Quic kPla y music mode . â In Standby , resumes from Standb y into Windows . â In Hiber nation, opens Quic kPla y musi c m ode. 5 Pre vious/Rewind Button When a disc is in the optical drive: â Press to pla y the pre vious trac k or chapter . â Press fn this bu tton to rewind. 6 Pla y/P ause button When a disc is in the optical dr iv e and is: â Not pla ying, press to pla y the disc. â Pla ying, press to pause the disc. Ta b l e 1 - 9 T op Components, P ar t 1 HP P a vilion dv1000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The computertop components on the HP Pa vilion dv1000 computerare sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-10. T op C omponents, P art 2 , HP P av ilion dv1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 5 T able 1-10 T op Components, P ar t 2 HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1N e x t / F a s t F o r w a r d bu tt o n When a disc is in the optical drive: â Press once to pla y the ne xt trac k or chapter . â Press fn this bu tton to f ast f orward. 2 Stop button When a disc is in the optical drive, press to stop the current disc activity . 3 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 4 V olume mute bu tton Mute light Mutes or restores v olume. On: V olume is muted. 5 V olume up button Increases system v olume. 6 Wireless button Enables/disab les an inter nal wireless de vice.
1â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The top components on the HP Pa vilion dv1000 are shown belo w and described in T able 1-11. T op C omponents, P art 3, HP P av ilion dv1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 7 T able 1-11 T op Components, P ar t 3 HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 2 T ouchP ad light On: T ouchP ad is enabled. 3 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 4 P ower/ b utton light â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 5 Wireless light On: an integrated wireless de vice is hardware enab led. 6 Num loc k light On: Num lock or the internal ke ypad is on. 7 Back b utton â In Windows , emulates the âbac kâ function of the alt left arrow command in the activ e application. â In QuickPla y , mov es up one director y le v el in an on-screen menu. 8 OK bu tton Selects an item yo u hav e chosen on the screen. 9 T ouchP ad on/off bu tt o n Enables/disab les the T ouchP ad. 10 T ouchP ad vert ical scroll region Scrolls upward or do wnwa rd. 11 Left and right T ouchP ad buttons Function like the left and right b uttons on an e xter nal mouse .
1â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The top components on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-12. T op C omponents, P art 1, HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 T able 1-12 T op Components, P ar t 1 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 2 Displa y s witch If the computer is closed while on, tur ns off the displa y .
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 9 3 Wireless button Enables/disab les an inter nal wireless de vice. Wireless light On: an integrated wireless de vice is hardware enab led. 4 P ower b utton When the computer is â Off , press to turn on the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate Hiber nation. â In Standby , briefly press to resume from Standb y . â In Hiber nation, briefly press to restore from Hiber nation. P ower/standb y light â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 5 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 6 V olume mute bu tton Mute s or restores v olume. Mute light On: V olume is muted. 7 V olume up button Increases system v olume. 8 Num loc k light On: Num lock or the internal ke ypad is on. T able 1-12 T op Components, P ar t 1 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ripti on The top components on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-13. T op C omponents, P art 2 , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â31 T able 1-13 T op Components, P ar t 2 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 T ouchP ad hor izo ntal scrolling region Scrolls tow ard left side or right side. 2 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 3 T ouchP ad light On: T ouchP ad is enabled. 4 T ouchP ad on/off bu tt o n Enables/disab les the T ouchP ad. 5 T ouchP ad ver tical scroll region Scrolls upward or do wnwa rd. 6 Left and right T ouchP ad buttons Function like the left and right b uttons on an e xter nal mouse .
1â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the bottom of the HP Pa vilion dv1000 are shown belo w and described in T able 1-14. Bottom Compo nents, HP P av ilion dv1000 T able 1-14 Bottom Components HP P avilion dv1000 Item Component Function 1 Optical driv e Suppor ts an optical disc. 2 Batter y pac k release latch Releases a batter y pac k from the batter y ba y . 3 Batter y pac k Holds a batter y pac k.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 3 4 Exhaust v ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surf ace, such as pillo ws , thick rugs or clothing, to b lock airflow . 5 Hard driv e ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive . 6 Mini PCI compar tment Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice. Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice authorized f or use in the computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remo v e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 7 Memor y module compar tment Contains two memory slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memor y modules v aries by computer model. 8 Label areas (2) Contain the computer serial number and other applicab le regulator y labels. T able 1-14 Bottom Components HP P avilion dv 1000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the bottom of the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-15. Bottom Compo nents, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 T able 1-15 Bottom Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 Optical driv e Suppor ts an optical disc. 2 Batter y pac k release latch Releases a batter y pac k from the batter y ba y . 3 Batter y pac k Holds a batter y pac k.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 5 4 Exhaust v ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surf ace, such as pillo ws , thick rugs or clothing, to b lock airflow . 5 Hard driv e ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive . 6 Mini PCI compar tment Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice. Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice authorized f or use in the computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remo v e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 7 Memor y module compar tment Contains 2 memor y slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memor y modules v aries by computer model. 8 Label areas (2) Contain the computer serial number and other applicab le regulator y labels. T able 1-15 Bottom Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on 1. 5 D e s i g n O v e r v i e w This section presents a design ov erview of k ey parts and features of the computer . Refer to Chapter 3, âIllustrated Parts Catalog, â to identify replacement parts, and Chapter 5, âRemo v al and Replacement Procedures, â for disassembly steps. The system board provides the follo wing device connections: â Memory module â Mini PCI communications de vices â Hard dri v e â Display â K e yboard and T ouchPad â Audio â Intel Pentium M and Celeron M processors â Fan â PC Card à CA UTION: T o pr operl y ventilat e the computer , allow at leas t a 7 .6 -cm (3-inc h) c lear ance on the left and r igh t sides o f the comput er . The computer uses an electric fan for v entilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to be turned on automatically when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are af fected b y high external temperatures, system po wer consumption, po wer management/battery conserv a tion conf igurations, battery fast char ging, and software applications. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer .
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â1 2 T r oubl eshooting à W ARN ING: Only author iz ed tec hnic ians tr ained b y HP should r epair this equipmen t . All tr ouble shooting and r epair pr ocedur es ar e detailed to allo w onl y subass embly-/module-lev el r epair . Because o f the comple x ity of the indi v idual boar ds and subas sembli es , do not attempt to mak e repair s at the component le vel or modif ications to an y print ed w ir ing boar d. Im pr oper r epairs can c r eate a safety ha z ard . Any indicati on of component r eplacement or pr inted w iring boar d modif icati on may v oid an y war r anty or ex c hange allo wance s. 2. 1 Com puter Setu p Computer Setup is a system information and customization utility that can be used e ven when your operating system is not w orking or will not load. This utility includes settings that are not a v ailable in W indo ws. Using C ompu ter Setup Information and settings in Computer Setup are accessed from the Main, Security , Adv anced, or T ools menus: 1. T urn on or restart the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = R OM-Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer -left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, use the cursor control ke ys to na vigate to the Adv anced menu . â T o vie w navigation information, press f1. â T o return to the Computer Setup menu, press esc.
2â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting 2. Select the Main, Security , Advanced, or T ools menu. 3. T o close Computer Setup and restart the computer: â Select Exit > Exit Sa ving Changes, and then press enter . - or - â Select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes, and then press enter . - or - â Select Exit > Load Setup Defaults, and then press enter . 4. When you are prompted to conf irm your action, press f10. Selec ting from t he Main M enu Ta b l e 2 - 1 Main Menu Select T o Do This System Inf or mation â Change the system time and system date. â Vie w identification inf or mation about the computer . â Vie w specification inf or mation about the processor , memor y and cache size , and system ROM.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â3 Selec ting fr om t he Securit y Menu Ta b l e 2 - 2 Security Menu Select T o Do This Administrator P ass word Enter , change, or delete a Administrator pass word. P ower-on P ass word Enter , change, or delete a po wer-on pass word. DriveLoc k P ass words Enable/disab le Dr iv eLock; change a Driv eLock user or master pass word. â DriveLock Settings are accessible only when you enter Comput er Setup by turning on (not restarting) the computer. P assw ord Options (P assw ord options can be selected only when a pow er-on pass word has been set.) Enable/disab le: â QuickLoc k â QuickLoc k on Standby â QuickBlank â To enable QuickLock on Standby or QuickBlank, you must first enable QuickLock. De vice Security Enable/disab le: â Diskette driv e star tup* â CD-ROM or disk ette star tup â Settings for a DVD-ROM can be entered in the CD-ROM field. *Not applicable to SuperDisk LS-120 driv es.
2â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Selec ting from th e Ad v an ced Menu Selec ting fr om t he T ools Menu Ta b l e 2 - 3 Adv anced Menu Select T o Do This Language Change the Comp uter Setup language. Boot Order Enable/disab le Mult iBoot, which sets a star tup sequence that can includ e most bootab le de vices and media in the system. Accessibility Options Allows electron ic and inf or mation technology to be accessib le to people with varying ranges of abilities. Video Memor y Displa ys the amount of video memor y a vailab le on the computer . Ta b l e 2 - 4 To o l s M e n u Select T o Do This Hard Drive Self T est Run a quic k co mprehensiv e self test on hard drives in the system that suppor t the test f eatures.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â5 2.2 T roubl eshooting Flo wc har ts Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roub leshooting Flowc har ts Overview Flowchart Description 2.1 âFlowchar t 2.1âInitial T roubleshootingâ 2.2 âFlowchart 2.2âNo P ow er , P ar t 1â 2.3 âFlowchart 2.3âNo P ow er , P ar t 2â 2.4 âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ow er , P ar t 3â 2.5 âFlowchart 2.5âNo P ow er , P ar t 4â 2.6 âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , P ar t 1â 2.7 âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , P ar t 2â 2.8 âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Do c king De vice (if applicab le)â 2.9 âFlowchart 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loadingâ 2.10 âFlo wchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Dr iv e, P ar t 1â 2.11 âFlo wchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Dr iv e, P ar t 2â 2.12 âFlo wchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Dr iv e, P ar t 3â 2.13 âFlo wchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv eâ
2â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flowchart Description 2.14 âFlo wchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, CD-R OM or D VD-ROM Drive â 2.15 âFlo wchar t 2.15âNo OS Loading f or QuickPla y Application, Pa r t 1 â 2.16 âFlo wchar t 2.16âNo OS Loading f or QuickPla y Application, Pa r t 2 â 2.17 âFlo wchar t 2.17âNo A udio, P ar t 1â 2.18 âFlo wchar t 2.18âNo A udio, P ar t 2â 2.19 âFlo wchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning De viceâ 2.20 âFlo wchar t 2.20âNonfunctioning K eyboardâ 2.21 âFlo wchar t 2.21âNonfunctioning P ointing Deviceâ 2.22 âFlo wchar t 2.22âNo Network/Modem Connectionâ Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roub leshooting Flowc har ts Overview (Continued)
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â7 Flo wc h art 2. 1âInitial T roubl eshooting Connecting to network or modem? Begin troubleshooting. Is there power? Is the OS loading? Is there video? (no boot) Is there sound? Beeps, LEDs, or error messages? Keyboard/ pointing device working? Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â All drives working? Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N End N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNonfunc- tioning K ey- boardâ or âFlowchar t 2.21âNonfunc- tioning P ointing Check LED board, speaker connections. Go to âFlowchar t 2.22âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2.2âNo P o w er , P ar t 1 1. Reseat the power cables in the docking device and at the AC outlet. 2. Ensure the AC power source is active. 3. Ensure that the power strip is working. Done Remove from docking device (if applicable). Power up on battery power? Power up on AC power? Power up in docking device? Power up on battery power? Power up in docking device? Done Reset power .* Reset power .* Power up on AC power? N Y Y N N Y N N Y Y YN 1. On select models, there is a separate reset button. 2. On select models, the computer can be reset using the Standby switch and either the lid switch or the main power switch. *NOTES Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Docking De vice (if applicable). â No power (power LED is off).
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â9 Flo wc h art 2.3âNo P o w er , P ar t 2 Continued from âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Visually check for debris in battery socket and clean if necessary . Done N Y Power on? Check battery by recharging it, moving it to another computer , or replacing it. Power on? Done Y Replace power supply (if applicable). N Power on? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â
2â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2.4âNo P o w er , P ar t 3 Continued from âFlowchart 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Reseat AC adapter in computer and at power sour ce. Internal or external AC adapter? Done Done Done Done Power on? Power on? Power on? Plug directly into AC outlet. Power LED on? Power outlet active? T r y different outlet. Replace external AC adapter . Replace power cord. Y N Y Y Y Y N N N N External Internal Go to âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ower , Pa r t 4 . â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â11 Flowc ha r t 2.5 âN o P o w er , P a rt 4 Y N Continued from âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Reseat loose components and boards and replace damaged items. Open computer . Loose or damaged parts? Y Close computer and retest. Power on? Done N Replace the following items (if applicable). Check computer operation after each replacement: 1. Internal DC-DC converter* 2. Internal AC adapter 3. Processor board* 4. System board* *NOTE: Replace these items as a set to prevent shorting out among components.
2â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2.6âNo Video, P ar t 1 A N Stand-alone or docking device? No video. Replace the following one at a time . T est after each replacement. 1. Cable between computer and co mputer display (if applicable) 2. Display 3. System board Internal or external display*? Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Docking Device Internal Stand-alone External Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Y Press lid switch to ensure operation. Video OK? Done Y N Video OK? Done Done N Check for bent pins on cable. Tr y another display . Internal and external video OK? Replace system board. YY N N *NOTE: T o change from internal to external display , use the hotkey combination. Y Go to âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , Pa r t 2 . â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â13 Flo wc h art 2.7âNo Video, P ar t 2 Y N Continued from âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Done Adjust external monitor display . Video OK? Adjust display brightness. Video OK? Video OK? Done Done Check that computer is properly seated in docking device, for bent pins on cable, and for monitor connection. Go to âAâ in âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Check brightness of external monitor . T r y another external monitor . Internal and external video OK? Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Docking De vice (if applicable). â Y Y Y N N N Remove computer from docking device, if connected.
2â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting F lo wch a rt 2 . 8 â No nf un ct i o n in g D o ck i ng De v i c e (i f appl icable) Y N N T est replacement docking device with new computer . Docking device operating? Done Done Y Nonfunctioning docking device. Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. Check voltage setting on docking device. Reset monitor cable connector at docking device. Reinstall computer into docking station. Remove computer , replace docking device. Docking device operating?
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â15 Flo wc h art 2.9âNo Opera ting S y s tem (OS) Loadin g No OS loading from hard drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 1. â Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. No OS loading.* *NOTE: Before beginning troubleshooting, always check cable connections, cable ends, and drives for bent or damaged pins. No OS loading from diskette drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â No OS loading from CD- or DVD-ROM drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, CD-ROM or D VD-ROM Drive . â No OS loading from network, go to âFlowchar t 2.22âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 0âNo OS Loa ding , H ard Driv e, Pa r t 1 Go to âFlowchart 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Y Done N OS not loading from hard drive. Nonsystem disk message? Go to âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 2. â Reseat external hard drive. OS loading? Done Boot from CD? Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â Boot from hard drive? Boot from diskette? Change boot priority through the Setup utility and reboot. Boot from hard drive? Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Check the Setup utility for correct booting order .
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â17 Flowc h ar t 2. 1 1 âN o OS Loa d in g , H a rd Dr iv e, Pa r t 2 Continued from âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 1. â Reseat hard drive. Done CD or diskette in drive? 1. Replace hard drive. 2. Replace system board. Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â Load OS using System Restore CD (if applicable). Format hard drive and bring to ab o o t a b l e C:\ prompt. Create partition, and then format hard drive to bootable C:\ prompt. Boot from diskette drive? Remove diskette and reboot. Y N Boot from hard drive? Y N Y N Hard drive accessible? Y N Hard drive accessible? Done Run FDISK. Y N Hard drive partitioned? Hard drive formatted? Y N Y N Computer booted? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 3. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , Part 3. â
2â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 2âNo OS Loa ding , H ard Dri v e, Pa r t 3 Y System files on hard drive? Continued from âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 2. â Clean virus. Done N Install OS and reboot. Virus on hard drive? OS loading from hard drive? Y N Y N Y N Diagnostics on diskette? Replace hard drive. Run diagnostics and follow recommendations. Run SCANDISK and check for bad sectors. Can bad sectors be fixed? Replace hard drive. Y N Y N Fix bad sectors. Boot from hard drive? Replace hard drive. Done
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â19 Flo wc h art 2. 1 3âNo OS Loa ding , Disk et te Driv e Done Y N Reseat diskette drive. OS not loading from diskette drive. Done Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N OS loading? Nonsystem disk message? Bootable diskette in drive? Install bootable diskette and reboot computer . Check diskette for system files. T r y different diskette. 1. Replace diskette drive. 2. Replace system board. Nonsystem disk error? OS loading? Boot from another device? Enable drive and cold boot computer . Is diskette drive boot order correct? Change boot priority using the Setup utility . Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunction ing De vice. â Diskette drive enabled in the Setup utility? Go to âFlowchart 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
2â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 4âN o OS Loading , CD-ROM or D VD-ROM Driv e Y Done N Bootable disc in drive? Disc in drive? No OS loading from CD-ROM or DVD-ROM Drive. Install bootable disc and reboot computer . Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Install bootable disc. Boots from CD or DVD? Boots from CD or DVD? T r y another bootable disc. Booting from another device? Booting order correct? Correct boot order using the Setup utility . Done Reseat drive. Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â21 Flowc ha r t 2. 1 5âN o OS Loa di ng for Q ui c kPlay Appl ic ati on, P art 1 OS loads for QuickPlay application? Done Done Done No OS loads for QuickPlay application. OS loads for QuickPlay application? N Go to âFlowchart 2.16âNo OS Loading f or QuickPla y Application, P a r t 2. â OS loads for QuickPlay application? 1. Reboot the computer to Windows OS. 2. Go to Control Panel > Administrative T ools > Computer Management > Disk Management and delete the Linux QuickPlay partitio n. The Linux QuickPlay partition will appear in the lower left corner as âHealthy (Unknown Partition).â 3. Reboot the computer from the HP QuickPlay CD. Follow the on-screen instructions. N N Y Y Y Reboot the computer from the HP QuickPlay CD. Follow the on-screen instructions. Reseat hard drive.
2â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 6âNo OS Loa ding for Qui c kP l ay Appl ic ati on, P art 2 Done 1. Replace the hard drive. 2. Insert the Windows Installation CD and follow the on-screen instructions. 3. When you are prompted âT o create the new part ition, enter a size below and press Enter ,â enter 204 MB as the reserved partition size. This process creates 2 partitions. The first partition is used for Windows. The second partition is used for QuickPlay . 4. Continue with the on-screen instructions to complete the installation of Windows on the first partition. Done OS loads for QuickPlay application? Y N Reboot the computer from the HP QuickPlay CD. Follow the on-screen instructions. 1. Reformat the hard drive. 2. Insert the Windows installation CD and follow the on-screen instructions. 3. When you are prompted âT o create the new part ition, enter a size below and press Enter ,â enter 204 MB as the reserved partition size. This process creates two partitions. The first partition is used for Windows. The second partition is used for QuickPlay . 4. Continue with the on-screen instructions to complete the installation of Windows on the first partition. Reboot the computer from the HP QuickPlay CD. Follow the on-screen instructions. OS loads for QuickPlay application? Y N Continued from âFlowchar t 2.15âNo OS Loading f or QuickPla y Application, P ar t 1. â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 3 Flo wc h art 2. 1 7âN o Audio, P ar t 1 No audio. N Computer in docking device (if applicable)? Internal audio? Audio? Done Undock Audio? Done Tu r n u p a u d i o internally or externally . Go to âFlowchar t 2.18âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.18âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Replace the following docking device components one at a time, as applicable. Check audio status af ter each change. 1. Reseat docking device audio cable. 2. Replace audio cable. 3. Replace speaker . 4. Replace docking device audio board. 5. Replace backplane board. 6. Replace I/O board. Y Y Y Y N N N
2â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 8âN o Audio, P ar t 2 YN Continued from âFlowchart 2.17âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Reload audio drivers. Audio driver in OS configured? Audio? Y Y Y N N N Correct drivers for application? Connect to external speaker . Load drivers and set configuration in OS. Audio? Done Replace audio board and speaker connections in computer (if applicable). 1. Replace internal speakers. 2. Replace audio board (if applicable). 3. Replace system board.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 5 Flo wc h art 2. 1 9âNonfun ctionin g De vice Done Any physical device detected? Y N Unplug the nonfunctioning device from the computer and inspect cables and plugs for bent or broken pins or other damage. Reseat device. Clear CMOS. Done Fix or replace broken item. Nonfunctioning device. Reattach device. Close computer , plug in power , and reboot. Device boots properly? Go to âFlowchart 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loading. â Device boots properly? Replace hard drive. Replace diskette drive. Replace NIC. If integrated NIC, replace system board. Y N Y N
2â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting F lo wch a rt 2 . 2 0 â No nf un ct i on in g K e y bo ar d Y N OK? Keyboard not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external keyboard. Reseat internal keyboard connector (if applicable). Replace internal keyboard or cable. OK? Y N Y N Done Done
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 7 Flo wc h art 2.2 1âNonfun c tioning P ointin g De vic e Y N OK? Pointing device not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external pointing device. Reseat internal pointing device connector (if applicable). Replace internal pointing device or cable. OK? Y N Y N Done Done
2â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2.22âNo Net w ork/Modem Con nectio n Y Disconnect all power from the computer and open. No network or modem connection. N Done Digital line? Network or modem jack active? Replace jack or have jack activated. Connect to nondigital line. NIC/modem configured in OS? Reload drivers and reconfigure. Reseat NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace system board. OK? OK? Done N N N N Y Y Y Y
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â1 3 I llus trated P ar ts C a talog This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdo wn and a reference for spare part numbers and option part numbers. 3. 1 Seri al Number Loca tion When ordering parts or requesting information, provide the computer serial number and model number located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Number Location
3â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog 3.2 Comp uter M ajor Com ponen ts Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components Item Description Spare P art Number 1 Display assemb lies (include wireless antenna boards and cables) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373054-001 367783-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373060-001 373528-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373055-001 367784-001 Display hinge brac kets (not illustrated) 382077-001 Display hinge co vers (f or use only with Compaq V2000 models; not illustrated) 382078-001
3â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents , HP Com paq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â5 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 2 Switch co vers (include wireless b utton and light) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with wireless capability 367781-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models without wireless capability 367780-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx48 00 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, Memor y Reader , and wireless capability 367782-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx48 00 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader without wireless capability 367779-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out ja ck, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 373532-001
3â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â7 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 3 Ke yboar ds F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models in: Asia P acific, A ustralia, Canada, Hong K ong, the P eopleâ s Repub lic of China, and the United States Belgium Denmark Fr a n c e F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel 367778-001 367778-A 41 367778-081 367778-051 367778-121 367778-041 367778-DJ1 367778-BB1 Italy Ko r e a Latin America Europe and the Netherlands Norwa y P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom 367778-061 367778-AD1 367778-161 367778-331 367778-091 367778-131 367778-171 367778-071 367778-B71 367778-111 367778-AB1 367778-281 367778-031 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models in J apan 367777-291
3â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents , HP Com paq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â9 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 3 Ke yboar ds (Continued) F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in: Asia P acific, Au s t r a l i a , Hong K ong, the P eopleâ s Repub lic of China, and the United States Denmark Europe and the Netherlands Fr a n c e F rench Canada 367777-001 367777-081 367777-331 367777-051 367777-121 Italy Ko r e a Latin America Norwa y Sweden/Finland Spain Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom 367777-061 367777-AD1 367777-161 367777-091 367777-B71 367777-071 367777-AB1 367777-281 367777-031 4 LED boards (include cab le, not illustrated) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367797-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367798-001 5 T op cover s (include T ouchP ad) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367761-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 373529-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out ja ck, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 367762-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out ja ck, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 373531-001
3â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â11 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 6 Heat sink (includes ther mal pad) 367796-001 7 Fa n (includes ther mal pad) 367795-001 8 Processor s (include ther mal pad) Intel P entium M 745 (1.8 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 735 (1.7 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725A (1.6 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725 (1.6 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 715A (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 715 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 705 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 710 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 373053-001 373052-001 394825-001 367771-001 380690-001 383431-001 375979-001 376588-001 Intel Celeron M 340 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 370 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 360 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 330 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 350 (1.3 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 367768-001 383876-001 380033-001 367767-001 380032-001
3â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents , HP Com paq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â13 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 9 System boards (include disk cell R TC batter y) 855, f or use on full-f eatu red HP P avilion dv1000 models in countries other than Japan 381062-001 855, f or use on full-f eatu red HP P avilion dv1000 models in Japan 391884-001 852GM, f or use on full-f ea tured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Japan 381063-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel P entium M processors 367799-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 367800-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with Inte l P entium M processors 373522-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 373523-001 PC Car d assemblies Silv er with 1-dot PC Card eject le v er 385869-001 Black with 3-dot PC Card eject le ver 389524-001 Black with 1-dot PC Card eject le ver 389525-001 10 USB/S-Video controller boar ds F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models and HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and digital memor y card reader 367794-001 F or use only on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Vide o-out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 373533-001
3â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â15 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 11 Menu contr ol button boar d (includes brack et and cab le, f or use only on HP Pa vilion dv1000 computer models) 373535-001 12 Speaker assemblies F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367793-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 374625-001 13 Base enclosures F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367763-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367764-001 14 Battery packs 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 367760-001 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 367759-001 6-cell, 4.0-AHr 398065-001 15 Optical drives (include bezel) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr ive 367789-001 367790-001 373625-001 375981-001 375983-001 383877-001 383896-001
3â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents , HP Com paq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â17 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 15 Optical drives (Continued) F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr ive 373524-001 373525-001 373626-001 375982-001 375984-001 383878-001 389897-001 16 Hard drives (include fr ame and connector) 5400-r pm 80-GB 60-GB 377651-001 375980-001 4200-r pm 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 381721-001 367788-001 367787-001 367786-001
3â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â19 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 17 Mini PCI comm unications cards 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in the rest of the wor ld ) 802.11b/g Broadcomm (Japan, f or use only on HP Compaq nx4800 models) 802.11b Intel (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) Bluetooth® Wireless LAN 373047-001 373048-001 373061-291 373023-001 373024-001 373026-001 373025-001 376651-001 and 376652-001 18 Memory modules (266 MHz) 1024-MB 512-MB 256-MB 367775-001 367774-001 367773-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367765-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367766-001 19a 19b 19c Includes: Hard drive co ver (includes tw o captiv e screws) Memor y module compar tment cov er (includes 2 captiv e screw s) Mini PCI compar tment cov er (includes 2 captiv e screws) Computer f eet (not illustrated)
3â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog 3. 3 M iscellan eous P l a stic s Kit Miscellaneou s P lastics K it
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â21 T able 3-2 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P art Number Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367765-001 1a 2a 3a 4a Includes: Mini PCI compar tment cov er Memor y module compar tment cov er Computer f eet Hard drive co v er F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367766-001 1b 2b 3b 4b Includes: Mini PCI compar tment cov er Memor y module compar tment cov er Computer f eet Hard drive co v er
3â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog 3.4 M a s s S t ora g e D e vi c es Mass St or age De vi ces T able 3-3 Mass Storage De vices Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P art Number 1 Har d drives (include frame and connector) 5400-r pm 80-GB 60-GB 377651-001 375980-001
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 3 Har d drives (Continued) 4200-r pm 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 381721-001 367788-001 367787-001 367786-001 2 Optical drives F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Drive 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay e r Combo Drive 367789-001 367790-001 373625-001 375981-001 375983-001 383877-001 383896-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx48 00 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Drive 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay e r Combo Drive 373524-001 373525-001 373626-001 375982-001 375984-001 383878-001 389897-001 T able 3-3 Mass Storage De vices Spare P art Number Information (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number
3â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog USB diskette drive (not illustrated) 359118-001 USB digital drive (not illustrated) 364727-001 HP USB pocket drive (not illustr ated) 338796-001 T able 3-3 Mass Storage De vices Spare P art Number Information (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 5 3.5 Miscell aneous Ta b l e 3 - 4 Spare P ar ts: Miscellaneous (not illustrated) Description Spare P art Number Logo Kits F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 373058-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 373530-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 373059-001 Wired headset with v olume contr ol 371693-001 P ersonal Video Recor der 352950-001 HP remote control (f or use only on HP dv1000 computer models) 371694-001 USB travel mouse 309674-001 65-watt A C adapter 371790-001 Screw Kit (includes the f ollowing scre ws; ref er to Appendix C , âScre w Listing, â f or more inf ormation on screw specifications and usage) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367776-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 373534-001 â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 round head screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM1.5Ã2.0 screw
3â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Po w e r c o r d s Fo r u s e i n : A ustralia and Ne w Zealand 373979-011 Belgium, Europe, Finland, F rance , Ger many , Greece , the Netherlands, Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 373979-021 Canada, F rench Canada, Latin Amer ica, T aiwan, Thailand, and the United States 373979-001 Denmark 373979-081 Hong K ong and the United Kingdom 373979-031 Israel 373979-BB1 Italy 373979-061 Japan 373979-291 K orea 373979-AD1 The P eopleâ s Republic of China 373979-AA1 Switzerland 373979-111 T aiw an 373979-AB1 Ta b l e 3 - 4 Spare P arts: Miscellaneous (not illustrated) (Continued) Description Spare P art Number
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 7 3.6 Sequ enti al P ar t Number Lis ting T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing Spare P art Number Description 309674-001 USB tra v el mouse 352950-001 P ersonal Video Recorder 359118-001 USB diskette driv e 364727-001 USB digital drive 367759-001 Batter y pack, 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 367760-001 Batter y pack, 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 367761-001 T op co v er f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models (includes T ouchP ad) 367762-001 T op co v er f or use on Comp aq Presario V200 0 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memory Reader (includes T ouchP ad) 367763-001 Base enclosure f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367764-001 Base enclosure f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367765-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367766-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367767-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 330 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 367768-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 340 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 367771-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 725 (1.6-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad)
3â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 367773-001 Memor y module, 256-MB (266 MHz) 367774-001 Memor y module, 512-MB (266 MHz) 367775-001 Memor y modu le , 1024-MB (266 MHz) 367776-001 Screw Kit f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models 367777-001 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in Asia P acific, A ustralia, Hong K ong, P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States 367777-031 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in the United Kingdom 367777-051 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Fr a n c e 367777-061 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in Italy 367777-071 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Spain 367777-081 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Denmark 367777-091 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Norwa y 367777-121 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in F rench Canada 367777-161 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in Latin America 367777-281 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Thailand 367777-291 K eyboard f or us e on HP Compaq nx4800 computer models in Jap a n T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 9 Spare P art Number Description 367777-331 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in the Netherlands 367777-AB1 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Ta i w a n 367777-AD1 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Ko r e a 367777-B71 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presar io V2000 models in Sweden/Finland 367778-001 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Asia P acific, A ustralia, Canada, Hong K ong, P eopleâ s Repub lic of China, and the United States 367778-031 K eyboard f o r use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in the United Kingdom 367778-041 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in Germany 367778-051 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in F rance 367778-061 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Italy 367778-071 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Spain 367778-081 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in Denmark 367778-091 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Norw a y 367778-111 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models in Switzerland 367778-121 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in F rench Canada 367778-131 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in P or tugal 367778-161 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Latin America T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 367778-171 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Saudi Arabia 367778-281 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in Thailand 367778-331 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Europe and the Netherlands 367778-A41 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in Belgium 367778-AB1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in T aiwan 367778-AD1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in K orea 367778-B71 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models Finland and Sweden 367778-BB1 K eyboard f or use on HP Pa vilion dv1000 models in Israel 367778-DJ1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Greece 367779-001 Switch cov er for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jac k, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader without wireless capability 367780-001 Switch cov er for use on HP P avilion dv1000 models without wireless capability 367781-001 Switch cov er for use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with wireless capability 367782-001 Switch cov er for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion po r t, and Memor y Reader with wireless capability 367783-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inch, WXGA f or use on f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â31 Spare P art Number Description 367784-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inch, WXGA f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 367786-001 Hard drive , 60-GB , 4200-r pm (includes frame and connector) 367787-001 Hard drive , 40-GB , 4200-r pm (includes frame and connector) 367788-001 Hard drive , 80-GB , 4200-r pm (includes frame and connector) 367789-001 8X D VD-ROM Drive f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367790-001 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367793-001 Speaker assemb ly for us e on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367794-001 USB/S-Video controller board f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models and HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion po r t, and digital memor y card reader 367795-001 F an (includes ther mal pad) 367796-001 Heat sink (i ncludes ther mal pad) 367797-001 LED board f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models (includes cable) 367798-001 LED board f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models (includes cable) 367799-001 System board f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel P entium M processors 367800-001 System board f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 371693-001 Wired headset with v olume control T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 371694-001 HP remote control (f or use only on HP dv1000 computer models) 371790-001 65-watt A C adapter 373023-001 Mini PCI communi cations card, 802.11b In tel (f or use in most of the world) 373024-001 Mini PCI communi cations card, 802.11b In tel (f or use in the rest of the world) 373025-001 Mini PCI communi cations card, 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) 373026-001 Mini PCI communi cations card, 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in most of the world) 373047-001 Mini PCI comm unications card, 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in most of the world) 373048-001 Mini PCI comm unications card, 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in the rest of the world) 373052-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 735 (1.7-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 373053-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 745 (1.8-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 373054-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inc h, WXGA, SV A with Br ightview f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 373055-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inc h, WXGA, SV A with Br ightview f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 373058-001 Logo Kit f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 373059-001 Logo Kit f or use on Co mpaq Presario V2000 models 373060-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inc h, WXGA, SV A with Br ightview f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 3 Spare P art Number Description 373061-001 Mini PCI co mm unications card, 802.11b/g Broadcomm (Japan) 373522-001 System board f or us e on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel P entium M processors 373523-001 System board f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 373524-001 8X D VD-ROM Drive f or us e on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 373525-001 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Comp aq Presario V2000 models 373528-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0 -inch, WXGA, SV A f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 373529-001 T op co v er f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models (includes T ouchP ad) 373530-001 Logo Kit f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 373531-001 T op co v er f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack , e xpansion por t, and Memory Reader (includes T ouchP ad) 373532-001 Switch cov er for use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without wireless (includes wireless bu tton and light) 373533-001 USB/S-Video controller board f or use only on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 373534-001 Screw Kit f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 373535-001 Menu control b utton board (includes brack et and cable, f or use only on HP P avilion dv1000 computer models) T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 373625-001 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 373626-001 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 373979-001 P ower cord f or use in Cana da, F rench Canada, Latin Amer ica, T aiw an, Thailand, and the United States 373979-011 P ower cord f or use in A ustralia and Ne w Zealand 373979-021 P ower cord f or use in Belgium, Europe, Finland, F rance, Ger many , Greece , the Netherlands, Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 373979-031 P ower cord f or use in A u stralia, Hong K ong, New Zealand, and the United Kingdom 373979-061 P ower cord f or use in Italy 373979-081 P ower cord f or use in Denmark 373979-111 P ower cord f or use in Switzerland 373979-291 P ower cord f or use in Japan 373979-AA1 P ower cord f or use in P eopleâ s Republic of China 373979-AB1 P ower cord f or use in T aiwan 373979-AD1 P ower cord f or use in K orea 373979-BB1 P ower cord f or use in Israel 374625-001 Speaker assemb ly for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 375979-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 710 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 375980-001 Hard drive , 60-GB , 5400-r pm (includes frame and connector) T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 5 Spare P art Number Description 375981-001 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 375982-001 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 375983-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 375984-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 376588-001 Processor , Intel P entium 705 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 376651-001 Mini PCI comm unications card, Bluetooth Wireless LAN 376652-001 Mini PCI comm unications card, Bluetooth Wireless LAN 377651-001 Hard drive , 80-GB , 5400-r pm (includes frame and connector) 380032-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 350 (1.3-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 380033-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 360 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 380690-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 715A (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 381062-001 855 system board f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in countrie s other than Japan 381063-001 852GM system board f or us e on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Japan 381721-001 Hard drive , 100-GB , 4200-r pm (include s fr ame and connector) 382077-001 Left and right display hing e co v ers and brac kets f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 382078-001 Left and right display hing e co v ers and brac kets f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario models 383431-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 715 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 385869-001 PC Card assembly , silv er , with 1-dot PC Card eject button 383876-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 370 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 383877-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe, f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 383878-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe, f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 389524-001 PC Card assembly , b lack, with 3-dot PC Card eject b utton 389525-001 PC Card assembly , b lack, with 1-dot PC Card eject b utton 389896-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr iv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 389897-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr iv e f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 391884-001 855 system board f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Ja pan 394186-001 EMI Gasket Ki t f or use on all models 395825-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 725A (1.6-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 398065-001 6-cell, 4.0-AHr batter y pac k T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â1 4 Remo v al an d Repl acem ent Preliminaries This chapter provides essential information for proper and safe remov al and replacement service. 4. 1 T oo ls Required Y ou will need the following tools to complete the remo val and replacement procedures: â Magnetic scre wdri ver â Phillips P0 scre wdri v er â 5.0-mm socket for system board scre wlocks â Flat-bladed scre wdri v er â T ool kitâincludes connector remov al tool, loopback plugs, and case utility tool 4.2 Ser vice C onsidera tions The follo wing sections include some of the considerations that you should keep in mind during disassembly and assembly procedures. â As you remov e each subassembly from the computer , place the subassembly (and all accompanying scre ws) away from the work area to pre vent damage.
4â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es Pl a s t i c P a r t s Using excessi ve force during disassembly and reassembly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. C abl es and Conn ec tors à CA UTION: When servic ing th e computer , ensure that cables are placed in their pr oper locations dur ing the reas sembl y proce ss . Impr oper cable placement can damage the com puter . Cables must be handled with extreme care to a void damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during remov al and insertion. Handle cables by the connector whene ver possible. In all cases, a void bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Ensure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged b y parts being removed or replaced. Handle flex cables w ith e xtreme care; these cables tear easily . 4. 3 Pr e v enti ng Da mage t o R emo v able D ri v es Remov able dri ves are fragile components that must be handled with care. T o prev ent damage to the computer , damage to a remov able dri ve, or loss of information, observ e the follo wing precautions: â Before removing or inserting a hard dri ve, shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. â Before removing a disk ette dri v e or optical dri ve, ensure that a diskette or disc is not in the dri ve and ensure that the optical dri ve tray is closed.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminaries Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â3 â Before handling a dri ve, ensure that you are dischar ged of static electricity . While handling a driv e, a v oid touching the connector . â Handle dri ves on surf aces co vered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. â A void dropping dri ves from any height onto an y surface. â After removing a hard dri ve, CD-R OM dri ve, or a disk ette dri ve, place it in a static-proof bag. â A void exposing a hard dri ve to products that ha ve magnetic f ields, such as monitors or speakers. â A void exposing a dri ve to temperature e xtremes or liquids. â If a dri ve must be mailed, place the dri ve in a b ubble pack mailer or other suitable form of protecti ve packaging and label the package, âFRA GILE: Handle W ith Care. â 4.4 Pr e v entin g Elec trosta tic Dam ag e Many electronic components are sensiti ve to electrostatic dischar ge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sensiti vity . Networks b uilt into man y integrated circuits provide some protection, b ut in many cases, the dischar ge contains enough po wer to alter de vice parameters or melt silicon junctions. A sudden dischar ge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-sensiti ve de vices or microcircuitry . Often the spark is neither felt nor heard, b ut damage occurs. An electronic de vice e xposed to electrostatic discharge might not be af fected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the de vice might function normally for a while, then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life e xpectancy .
4â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.5 P a c k agin g and T ranspor ting Precautions Use the follo wing grounding precautions when packaging and transporting equipment: â T o av oid hand contact, transport products in static-safe containers, such as tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect all electrostatic-sensiti ve parts and assemblies with conducti ve or appro ved containers or packaging. â K eep electrostatic-sensiti v e parts in their containers until the parts arri ve at static-free w orkstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before remo ving items from their containers. â Alw ays be properly grounded when touching a sensiti ve component or assembly . â Store reusable electrostatic-sensiti ve parts from assemblies in protecti ve packaging or nonconducti ve foam. â Use transporters and con ve yors made of antistatic belts and roller b ushings. Ensure that mechanized equipment used for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials are selected to a v oid static charging. When grounding is not possible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminaries Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â5 4.6 W orks tation Precau tions Use the follo wing grounding precautions at workstations: â Cov er the workstation with approv ed static-shielding material (refer to T able 4-2, âStatic-Shielding Materialsâ ). â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conducti ve f ield service tools, such as cutters, scre wdri vers, and v acuums. â When using f ixtures that must directly contact dissipati ve surfaces, only use f ixtures made of static-safe materials. â K eep the work area free of nonconducti ve materials, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle electrostatic-sensiti ve components, parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â A void contact with pins, leads, or circuitry . â T urn of f po wer and input signals before inserting or removing connectors or test equipment.
4â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.7 Groundin g Eq uip ment an d Methods Grounding equipment must include either a wrist strap or a foot strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connected to a grounded system. Wrist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. T o pro vide proper ground, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all times. On grounded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a grounded floor mat. Foot straps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing workstations and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conducti ve floors or dissipati ve floor mats, use foot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and ground. T o be effecti ve, the conducti ve strips must be w o rn in contact with the skin. Other grounding equipment recommended for use in pre v enting electrostatic damage includes: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and slee ve protectors â Conducti ve bins and other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconducti ve foam â Conducti ve tabletop w orkstations with ground cords of one megohm resistance â Static-dissipati ve tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static aw areness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconducti ve plastic bags, tubes, or box es â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic v oltage le vels and protecti ve materials
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminaries Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â7 T able 4-1 shows ho w humidity af fects the electrostatic voltage le ve ls generated by dif ferent activities. T able 4-2 lists the shielding protection provided b y antistatic bags and floor mats. Ta b l e 4 - 1 T ypical Electrostatic V oltage Levels Relative Humidity Event 10% 40% 5 5% W alking across car pet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V W alking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vin yl tra y 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrof oam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing b ubb le pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V P acking PCBs in f oam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V â A product can be degraded by as little as 700 V. Ta b l e 4 - 2 Static-Shielding Materials Material Use V oltage Protection Level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic F loor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â1 5 Remo v al an d Repl acem ent Pr ocedure s This chapter provides remo val and replacement procedures. There are as many as 58 scre ws, in 7 dif ferent sizes and types, that may need to be remov ed, replaced, or loosened when servicing the computer . Make special note of each scre w size and location during remov al and replacement. Refer to Appendix C, âScre w Listing, â for detailed information on scre w sizes, locations, and usage.
5â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 Serial N umber Report the computer serial number to HP when requesting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Number Location
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 .2 Disassem bl y Se quence C hart Use the chart belo w to determine the section number to be referenced when removing computer components. Disassembl y Sequence Char t Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassemb ly Batter y pack 0 5.4 Hard Drive 2 to remov e hard dr ive 4 to disassemble hard driv e 5.5 Computer F eet 0 5.6 Memor y Module 2 loosened 5.7 Mini PCI Communications Card 1 loosened à T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f or use in the computer by the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 5.8 Optical Drive 1 5.9 Switch Cov er HP P avilion dv1000 = 3 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 = 2 5.10 Key b o a r d HP P avilion dv1000 = 2 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 = 4
5â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 .3 Preparing t he C omp uter for Di sassem bl y Before you begin an y remov al or installation procedures: 1. Shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external de vices connected to the computer . 3. Disconnect the po wer cord. Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.11 Displa y Assemb ly 4 5.12 Base Enclosure HP P a vilion dv1000 = 19 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 = 18 5.13 USB/S-Video Controller Board 2 5.14 Speak er Assembly 0 5.15 RT C B a t t e r y 0 5.16 Menu Control Button Board 4 5.17 Heat Sink 3 5.18 Fa n 2 5.19 Processor 0 5.20 System Board 4 5.21 LED Board HP P avilion dv1000 = 3 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 = 2 Disassembl y Sequence Char t (Continued)
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 4. Remov e the battery pack by follo wing these steps: a. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. b . Slide and hold the battery release latch 1 to the left. (The front edge of the battery pack disengages from the computer .) c. Lift the front edge of the battery pack 2 and swing it back. d. Remov e the battery pack. R emo v ing the Battery P ack Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the battery pack. Battery P ack Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 6-cell, 4.0-AHr 367760-001 367759-001 398065-001
5â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 .4 Hard Driv e Har d Drive Spare P art Number Information 5400-r pm 80-GB 60-GB 377651-001 375980-001 4200-r pm 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 381721-001 367788-001 367787-001 367786-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 1. Loosen the two PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the hard dri v e cov er to the computer . 2. Lift the left side of the cov er 2 and swing it to the right. 3. Remov e the hard driv e co ver . â The hard dri ve co ver is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 367765-001 (for use on HP Pavilion dv1000 models) and 367766-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models). R emo v ing the Har d Dr i v e Co ver
5â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 4. Grasp the mylar tab 1 on the left side of the hard dri v e and lift the hard dri ve 2 until it disconnects from the computer . 5. Slide the hard dri v e to the le ft and remov e it from the hard dri v e bay . R emo v ing the Har d Dr i v e
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â9 6. Remov e the four PM2.5Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the hard dri ve frame to the hard dri ve. 7. Lift the frame 2 to remov e if from the hard dri ve. 8. Slide the hard dri v e connector 3 of f the hard dri ve. R emo v ing the Har d Dr i v e F r ame and Co nnector Re v erse the abov e procedure to install and reassemble the hard dri ve.
5â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 5 C o m p u t e r F e e t The computer feet are adhesi v e-backed rubber pads. The feet are included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 367765-001 (for use on HP Pavilion dv1000 models) and 367766-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models). The feet attach to the base enclosure as illustrated belo w . Re p la ci n g t h e Co m pu t er Fee t 5. 6 M e m o r y M o d u l e Memory Module Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation 1024-MB 512-MB 256-MB 367775-001 367774-001 367773-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â11 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3 ). 2. Loosen the two PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the memory module compartment cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the front edge of the memory module compartment cove r 2 and swing it back. 4. Remov e the memory module compartment cover . â The memory module compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 367765-001 (for use on HP Pavilion dv1000 models) and 367766-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models). R emo v ing the Memor y Module Co mpartment Co v er
5â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. Spread the retaining tabs 1 on each side of the memory module socket to release the memory module. (The right side of the module rises aw ay from the computer .) 6. Slide the module 2 aw ay from the socket at an angle. â Memory modules are designed with slots to pre v ent incorrect installation into the memory module socket. R emo v ing the Memor y Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a memory module.
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â13 5 .7 M ini P CI Comm unica tions Card 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Mini PCI Comm unications Card Spare P ar t Number Information 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in the rest of the w orld) 802.11b/g Broadcomm (Japan, f or use only on HP Compaq nx4800 models) 802.11b Intel (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) Bluetooth Wireless LAN 373047-001 373048-001 373061-291 373023-001 373024-001 373026-001 373025-001 376651-001 and 376652-001
5â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 2. Loosen the PM2.0Ã5.0 scre w 1 that secures the Mini PCI compartment cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the rear edge of the Mini PCI compartment cov er 2 , and then swing it forward. 4. Remov e the Mini PCI compartment cover . â The Mini PCI compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 367765-001 (for use on HP Pavilion dv1000 models) and 367766-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models). R emo v ing the Mini P CI Com partment Co v er
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â15 â Make note of which wireless antenna cable is attached to which antenna clip on the Mini PCI communications card before disconnecting the cables. 5. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables 1 from the Mini PCI communications card. 6. Spread the two retaining tabs 2 that secure the Mini PCI communications card to the communications compartment socket. (The board rises up). 7. Remov e the wireless communications card 3 by pulling the board aw ay from the socket at a 45-de gree angle. R emo v ing a Mini P CI Communi catio ns Car d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a Mini PCI communications card.
5â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 .8 Optical Driv e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Optical Drive Spare P art Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Driv e 367789-001 367790-001 373625-001 375981-001 375983-001 383877-001 383896-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Driv e 373524-001 373525-001 373626-001 375982-001 375984-001 383878-001 389897-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â17 2. Remov e the PM2.0Ã7.0 screw 1 that secures the optical dri v e to the computer . 3. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper clip, into the media tray release hole 2 . (The optical dri ve media tray releases from the optical dri ve.) 4. Use the media tray frame to slide the optical dri v e 3 out of the computer . 5. Remov e the optical driv e. R emo v ing the Optical Dr iv e Re v erse the abov e procedure to install an optical dri ve.
5â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 9 Sw i t c h C ove r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Position the computer with the rear panel to ward you. Switch Co ver Spare Part Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with wireless capability 367781-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models without wireless capability 367780-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video- out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader with wireless capability 367782-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video- out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader without wireless capability 367779-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpans ion por t, and Memor y Reader 373532-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â19 â Steps 3 through 9 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 10 through 14 in this section for information on removing the switch co v er on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 3. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the switch cov er to the computer . R emo v ing the S witc h Co ver Sc r ew s, HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only
5â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 4. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 5. Open the computer as far as possible. 6. Insert a flat-blade scre wdri ver 1 under the outside edges of the display hinge cov ers. 7. Lift the outside edges of the hinge cov ers 2 until the switch cov er disengages from the computer . R eleasing the S witc h Co v er , HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â21 8. Swing the rear edge of the switch cov er forw ard. R emo v ing the S wit ch C o v er , HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only 9. Remov e the switch cover .
5â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 10 through 14 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 10. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the switch cov er to the computer . R emo v ing the S witc h Co v er Sc r e w s, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 3 11. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 12. Open the computer as far as possible. 13. Insert a flat-blade scre wdri ve r into the slots located behind the F1, F5, F11, and insert ke ys 1 and lift the front edge of the switch cov er 2 until it disengages from the computer . 14. Remov e the switch cover . R emo v ing the S witc h Co v er , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the switch cov er .
5â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 1 0 Ke y b o a r d 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Ke yboard Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models in: Asia P acific, A ustralia, Hong K ong, the P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States Belgium Denmark F rance F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel Italy 367778-001 367778-A41 367778-081 367778-051 367778-121 367778-041 367778-DJ1 367778-BB1 367778-061 Ko r e a Latin America Europe and the Netherlands Norwa y P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n Thailand United Kingdom 367778-AD1 367778-161 367778-331 367778-091 367778-131 367778-171 367778-071 367778-B71 367778-111 367778-AB1 367778-281 367778-031 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models in J apan 3677777-291 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in: Asia P acific, Au s t ra l i a , Hong K ong, the P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States Denmark Europe and the Netherlands F rance F rench Canada 367777-001 367777-081 367777-331 367777-051 367777-121 Italy Ko r e a Latin America Norwa y Sweden/Finland Spain Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom 367777-061 367777-AD1 367777-161 367777-091 367777-B71 367777-071 367777-AB1 367777-281 367777-031
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 5 2. Remov e the optical driv e ( Section 5.8 ). 3. Remov e the switch cover ( Section 5.9 ). 4. Close the computer . 5. T urn the computer upside do wn with the rear panel to ward you. â Steps 6 through 11 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 12 through 15 in this section for information on removing the k eyboard on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 6. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the k eyboard to the computer . R emo v ing the K e y boar d Sc r e w s, HP P av ilion d v1000 models Onl y
5â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 7. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 8. Open the computer as far as possible. 9. Lift the rear edge of the ke yboard and swing it forward until it rests on the palm rest. R eleasing the K e y board , HP P av ilion dv1000 models Onl y
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 7 10. Release the zero insertion force (ZIF) connector 1 to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the ke yboard cable 2 from the system board. Disconnecting the K ey board C able , HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only 11. Remov e the keyboard.
5â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 12 through 15 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 12. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã3.0 screws 1 that secure the ke yboard to the computer . 13. Swing the rear edge of the ke yboard 2 up and forward until it rests on the palm rest. R eleasing the K e y board , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 9 14. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the ke yboard cable 2 from the system board. Disconnecting the K ey board C able , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y 15. Remov e the keyboard. Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the ke yboard.
5â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 1 Displa y Assem bl y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the memory module compartment ( Section 5.6 ) and Mini PCI compartment cov ers ( Section 5.7 ). Displa y Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373054-001 367783-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373060-001 373528-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373055-001 367784-001 Left and right display hinge co v ers and brac k ets F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario models 382077-001 382078-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â31 3. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the Mini PCI communications card. Disc onne cting the Wir eless Ant enna Cab les 4. Remov e the wireless antenna cables from the Mini PCI and memory module compartments. 5. Remov e the switch cover ( Section 5.9 ). 6. Remov e the keyboard ( Section 5.10 ). 7. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 8. Open the display as far as possible.
5â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 9. Disconnect the display cable 1 from the system board. 10. Remov e the tape 2 that secures the wireless antenna cables to the top cov er . 11. Remov e the cables from the clips 3 in the top co ver . Disconnecting the Dis pla y Cable and R emov ing the Wir eless Ante nna Cab les
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 3 â Steps 12 and 13 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 14 and 15 in this section for information on removing the display assembly on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. Ã CA UTION: Support the display as sembl y w hen r emo v ing the fo llo w ing sc r e ws . Failur e to support the display as sembl y can r esult in damage to the displa y assembl y and other computer components . 12. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã7.0 round head screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 13. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Display As sembly , HP P a v ilion d v1000 models Only
5â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 14 and 15 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. Ã CA UTION: Support the display as sembl y w hen r emo v ing the fo llo w ing sc r e ws . Failur e to support the display as sembl y can r esult in damage to the displa y assembl y and other computer components . 14. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 15. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y Asse mbly , HP Comp aq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the display assembly
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 5. 1 2 B a s e E n c l o s u r e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) Base Enc losure Spare P art Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367763-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367764-001
5â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 2 through 7 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 8 and 9 in this section for information on removing the base enclosure on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 2. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã7.0 screws that secure the base enclosure to the computer R emo v ing the Base Enc losur e Scr ew s, P a rt 1, HP P a v ilion d v 1000 models Only
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 7 3. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. 4. Remov e the following: 1 Fourteen PM2.0Ã7.0 scre ws 2 One PM2.0Ã5.0 scre w 3 T wo PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws R emo v ing the Base Enc losur e Scr ew s, P ar t 2 , HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only
5â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. Swing the rear edge of the base enclosure 1 straight up and forward until it rests at an angle. 6. Slide the base enclosure 2 back at an angle. 7. Remov e the base enclosure. R emo v ing the Base Enc losur e, HP P av ilion dv1000 models Onl y
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 9 â Steps 8 and 9 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 8. Remov e the following: 1 Fifteen PM2.0Ã7.0 scre ws 2 Three PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 9. Lift the base enclosure 3 straight up and remov e it. R emo v ing the Base Enc losur e, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the base enclosure.
5â40 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 3 USB/S - Video C ontr oll er Board 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) USB/S-Video Contr oller Board Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv 1000 models and HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Pres ario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and digital memor y card reader 367794-001 F or use only on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpans ion por t, and Memor y Reader 373533-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â41 2. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the USB/S-V ideo controller board to the top cov er . 3. Lift the right side of the board 2 to disconnect it from the system board. 4. Remov e the USB/S-V ideo controller board. R emo v ing the USB/S-V ideo Contr oller Board Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the USB/S-V ideo controller board.
5â4 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 4 Spe ak er Assem bl y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) Speaker Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367793-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 374625-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â43 2. Disconnect the speaker cable 1 from the system board. 3. Lift the speaker 2 and remo v e it from the top cov er . R emo v ing the Speak er Assembl y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the speaker assembly .
5â44 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 1 5 R TC B a t t e r y â The R TC battery is included with the system board. Refer to Section 5.20, âSystem Board, â for more information. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) 2. Remov e the R TC battery from the socket on the system board. R emo v ing the R T C Battery Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the R TC battery .
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 5 5 . 1 6 Menu Contr ol But to n Boa rd â This section applies only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) 2. Position the top cov er with the front panel tow ard you. Menu Contr o l Button Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information Menu control b utton board (inclu des brac ket and cable) 373535-001
5â46 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 3. Remov e the tape 1 that secures the menu control b utton board cable to the system board. 4. Release the ZIF connector 2 to which the menu control b utton board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 3 . Disconnecting the Men u Contr ol Button Board C able
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5 â4 7 5. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã3.0 screws 1 that secure the menu control b utton board and shield to the top cov er . 6. Remov e the menu control button board shield 2 and board 3 . R emo v ing the Menu Co ntr ol Button Boar d and Shield Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the menu control b utton board and shield.
5â4 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 7 Heat Sink 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. Heat Sink Spare P art Number Information Heat sink (includes ther mal pad) 367796-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 9 3. Disconnect the fan cable from the system board 1 . 4. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 2 that secure the heat sink to the top cov er . 5. Remov e the heat sink 3 . R emo v ing the Heat Sink Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the heat sink.
5â5 0 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 1 8 F a n 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) â Heat sink ( Section 5.17 ) 2. T urn the heat sink upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. F an Spare P art Number Information F an (includes ther mal pad) 367795-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â51 3. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the f an to the heat sink. 4. Remov e the fan 2 . R emo v ing the F an Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the fan.
5â5 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 1 9 P r o c e s s o r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) â Heat sink ( Section 5.17 ) Pr ocessor Spare P a rt Number Information Intel P entium M 745 (1.8-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 735 (1.7-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725A (1.6 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725 (1.6-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 715A (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 715 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 705 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 710 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 373053-001 373052-001 394825-001 367771-001 380690-001 383431-001 375979-001 376588-001 Intel Celeron M 340 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 370 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 360 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 330 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 350 (1.3 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 367768-001 383876-001 380033-001 367767-001 380032-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 3 2. T urn the processor locking scre w 1 ¼-turn counterclockwise until you feel a click. 3. Lift the processor 2 straight up and remov e it. â Note that the gold triangle 3 on the processor should be aligned in the front right corner when you install the processor. R emo v ing the Pr ocess or Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a processor .
5â54 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 2 0 Sys t e m B o a r d â All system board spares kits include a disk cell R TC battery . System Boar d Spare P art Number Information 855, f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in countries other than Japan 381062-001 855, f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Ja pan 391884-001 852GM, f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Ja pan 381063-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel P entium M processors 367799-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 367800-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel P entium M processors 373522-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 373523-001 PC Card assemb lies Silv er with 1-dot PC Card eject le v er 385869-001 Black with 3-dot PC Card eject le ver 389524-001 Black with 1-dot PC Card eject le ver 389525-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 5 â When replacing the system board, ensure that the follo wing components are remov ed from the defectiv e system board and installed on the replacement system board: â Memory modules ( Section 5.6 ) â Mini PCI communications card ( Section 5.7 ) â R TC battery ( Section 5.15) â Menu control b utton board ( Section 5.16 ) â Heat sink ( Section 5.17 ) â Fan ( Section 5.18 ) â Processor ( Section 5.19 ) 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remov e the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosoure ( Section 5.12 ) â USB/S-V ideo controller board ( Section 5.13 ) â Speaker assembly ( Section 5.14 ) 2. T urn the top cov er right side up with the front panel to ward you.
5â5 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 3. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the T ouchPad cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. Disconnecting the T ouc hP ad Cable
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 7 4. T urn the top cov er upside down with the front panel to ward you. â Steps 5 and 6 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 7 and 8 in this section for information on removing the system board on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the LED board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 3 that secure the system board to the top cov er . Disconnecting the LED Boar d Cable and R emov ing the S y stem Boar d Sc r e ws , HP P av ilion dv1000 models Onl y
5â5 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 7 and 8 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 7. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the LED board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 8. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 3 that secure the system board to the top cov er . Disconnecting the LED Boar d Cable and R emov ing the S y stem Boar d Sc r e w s, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar i o V2000 models Only
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 9 9. Flex and hold the left edge of the top co v er 1 to the left. 10. Lift the left side of the system board 2 until the USB 3 and 1394 connectors 4 are clear . R eleasing the S ys tem Boar d, P art 1
5â60 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 11. Release the left edge of the top cov er . 12. Flex and hold the front edge of the top co ver 1 forward. 13. Lift the front of the system board 2 until the audio connectors 3 are clear . R eleasing the S ys tem Boar d, P art 2
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â61 14. Release the front edge of the top cov er . 15. Slide the system board to the left at an angle and remov e it from the top cov er . R emo v ing the S ys tem Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the system board.
5â6 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 .2 1 LED Board â 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remov e the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosoure ( Section 5.12 ) â USB/S-V ideo controller board ( Section 5.13 ) â Speaker assembly ( Section 5.14 ) â System board ( Section 5.20 ) 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. LED Boar d Spare P art Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367797-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367798-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â6 3 â Steps 3 and 4 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 5 and 6 in this section for information on removing the LED board on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 3. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the LED board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 4. Remov e the three PM1.5Ã2.0 screws 3 that secure the LED board to the top cov er . R emo v ing the LED Boar d Sc r e ws , HP P av ilion dv1000 models Onl y
5â64 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 5 and 6 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the LED board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã3.0 screws 3 that secure the LED board to the top cov er . R emo v ing the LED Boar d Sc r e ws , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y 7. Remov e the LED board. Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the LED board.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â1 6 Spec ifica tions This chapter provides physical and performance specif ications. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer Dimensions HP P avilion dv1000 Height (v aries from front to back) Width Depth 3.01 cm to 3.86 cm 23.46 cm 33.40 cm 1.19 in to 1.52 in 9.24 in 13.15 in HP Compaq nx4800 and Co mpaq Presario V2000 Height (v aries from front to back) Width Depth 3.29 cm to 3.89 cm 23.06 cm 33.40 cm 1.30 in to 1.53 in 9.08 in 13.15 in W eight (varies by configuration) HP P avilion dv1000 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 2.44 kg 2.39 kg 5.38 lb 5.26 lb Stand-alone power requirements Nominal operating v oltage P eak operating pow er 18.5 V dc @ 3.5a - 65 W 3.5 A
6â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T emperature Operating* Nonoperating 0°C to 35°C -20°C to 60°C 32°F to 95°F -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating 10% to 90% 5% to 95%, 38.7°C (101.6°F) maximum wet b ulb temperature Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating (14.7 to 10.1 psia) Nonoperating (14.7 to 4.4 psia) -15 m to 3,048 m -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating Nonoperating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random Vibration Operating Nonoperating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min s weep r ate 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.5 oct/min s weep r ate â Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. * F or HP Compaq nx4800 only: Operating (not writing to optical disc) Operating (writing to optical disc) Nonoperating 0°C to 35°C 5°C to 35°C -20°C to 60°C 32°F to 95°F 41°F to 95°F -4°F to 140°F Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â3 Ta b l e 6 - 2 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A Displa y Dimensions Height Width Diagonal 27.94 cm 20.83 cm 35.56 cm 11.0 in 8.2 in 14.0 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 250:1 Brightness 180 nits typical Pixel resolution Pitch Fo r ma t Configuration 0.279 à 0.279 mm 1280 à 768 RGB v er tical str ipe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 T otal power consumption 4 W Viewing angle /-40° horizontal, 20/-40° v er tical typical
6â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 3 Har d Drives 80-GB 60-GB 60-GB 40-GB Dimensions Height Width We i g h t 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 102 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g Interface type ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 T ransfer rate Synchronous (maximum) Security 100 MB/sec A T A secur ity 100 MB/sec A T A secur ity 100 MB/sec ATA s e c u r i t y 100 MB/sec ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single trac k Ave ra g e Maximum 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks â 156,301,488 117,210,240 117,210,240 78,140,160 Disk rotational speed 5400 r pm 5400 r pm 4200 r pm 4200 r pm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) â Certain restrictions and exclusi ons apply. Consult Customer Care for details. *1 GB = 1 billion by tes when ref erring to hard drive stor age capacity . Accessible capacity is less. â Actual drive specificatio ns ma y diff er slightly .
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â5 Ta b l e 6 - 4 Primary 6-cell, Li-Ion Batter y P ack Dimensions Height Width Depth We i g h t 2.00 cm 9.40 cm 13.40 cm 0.34 kg 0.79 in 3.70 in 5.28 in 0.75 lb Energ y V oltage Amp-hour capacity W att-hour capacity 11.1 V 4.4 AHr 48 WHr T emperature Operating Nonoperating 5°C to 45°C 0°C to 60°C 41°F to 113°F 32°F to 140°F
6â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 5 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disk Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and mult ise ssio n) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â7 Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 110 ms < 210 ms < 130 ms < 225 ms A udio output level Line-out, 0.7 V rms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 5 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 6 4X D VD R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disk Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and mult ise ssio n) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W D VD-R and D VD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â9 Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 175 ms < 285 ms < 230 ms < 335 ms A udio output level A udio-out, 0.7 Vr ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (16X) CD-R W (8X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) D VD-R (4X) DV D - R W ( 2 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 2,400 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1,200 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3,600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 5,400 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 2,700 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 6 4X D VD R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 7 4X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disk Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W D VD-R and D VD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â11 Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD D VD Random Full strok e < 175 ms < 285 ms < 230 ms < 335 ms A udio output level A udio-out, 0.7 Vr ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (16X) CD-R W (8X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) D VD-R (4X) DV D - R W ( 2 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 2,400 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1,200 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3,600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 5,400 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 2,700 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 7 4X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 8 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disk Read: DV D - R , DV D - R W, D VD-ROM (D VD-5, DV D - 9 , DV D - 1 0 , DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F orm 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W D VD-R and DV D - R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â13 Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD D VD Random Full strok e < 175 ms < 285 ms < 230 ms < 335 ms A udio output level A udio-out, 0.7 Vr ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (16X) CD-R W (8X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) D VD-R (4X) DV D - R W ( 2 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 2,400 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1,200 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3,600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 5,400 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 2,700 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 8 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-9 8X Max D VD-ROM Drive Applicable disk D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, D VD-18) CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in) Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â15 T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 100 ms < 175 ms < 125 ms < 225 ms A udio output level Line-out, 0.7 V rms Cache b uffer 512 KB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 10 seconds Stop time < 3 seconds T able 6-9 8X Max D VD-ROM Drive (Continued)
6â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-10 System DMA Hard ware DMA System Function DMA0 n/a DMA1* n/a DMA2* n/a DMA3 n/a DMA4 Direct memor y access controller DMA5* A v ailable f or PC Card DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller ca n use DMA 1, 2, or 5.
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â17 T able 6-11 System Interrupts Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-K ey or Microsoft Natural K eyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 82801DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Cone xant A CâLink A u dio Intel 82801DB/DBM SM Bus Controllerâ24C3 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP IRQ6 Diskette driv e IRQ7* P arallel por t IRQ8 System CMOS/real time clock IRQ9* Microsoft A CPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek R TL8139 F amily PCI f ast Ether net Controller *Def ault configuration; audio possib le configurations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none.
6â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ11 Intel USB EHCI controllerâ24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 cardb us controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 T ouchP ad IRQ13 Numeric data processor IRQ14 Primar y IDE channel IRQ15 Secondar y IDE channel â PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IR Q5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IRQ11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the se rial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. T able 6-11 System Interrupts (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â19 T able 6-12 System I/O Addresses I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 000 - 00F DMA controller no . 1 010 - 01F Unused 020 - 021 Interrupt controller no . 1 022 - 024 Opti chipset configuration registers 025 - 03F Unused 02E - 02F 87334 âSuper I/Oâ configuration f or CPU 040 - 05F Counter/timer registers 044 - 05F Unused 060 K eyboard controller 061 P or t B 062 - 063 Unused 064 K eyboard controller 065 - 06F Unused 070 - 071 NMI enab le/R TC 072 - 07F Unused 080 - 08F DMA page registers 090 - 091 Unused 092 P or t A 093 - 09F Unused 0A0 - 0A1 Interrupt controller no . 2
6â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0A2 - 0BF Unused 0C0 - 0DF DMA controller no . 2 0E0 - 0EF Unused 0F0 - 0F1 Coprocessor busy clear/reset 0F2 - 0FF Unused 100 - 16F Unused 170 - 177 Secondar y fix ed disk controller 178 - 1EF Unused 1F0 - 1F7 Pr imar y fix ed disk controller 1F8 - 200 Unused 201 Jo ystic k (decoded in ESS1688) 202 - 21F Unused 220 - 22F Enter tainment audio 230 - 26D Unused 26E - 26 Unused 278 - 27F Unused 280 - 2AB Unused 2A0 - 2A7 Unused 2A8 - 2E7 Unused 2E8 - 2EF Reser v ed serial por t T able 6-12 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â21 I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 2F0 - 2F7 Unused 2F8 - 2FF Infrared por t 300 - 31F Unused 320 - 36F Unused 370 - 377 Secondar y disk ette drive controller 378 - 37F P arallel por t (LPT1/def ault) 380 - 387 Unused 388 - 38B FM synthesizerâOPL3 38C - 3AF Unused 3B0 - 3BB V GA 3BC - 3BF Reser ved (par allel por t/no EPP suppor t) 3C0 - 3DF V GA 3E0 - 3E1 PC Card controller in CPU 3E2 - 3E3 Unused 3E8 - 3EF Inter nal modem 3F0 - 3F7 âAâ diskette controller 3F8 - 3FF Ser ial por t (COM1/def ault) CF8 - CFB PCI configuration inde x register (PCIDIV O-1) CFC - CFF PCI configuration data register (PCIDIV O-1) T able 6-12 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
6â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-13 System Memory Map Size Memory Ad dress System Function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memor y 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memor y 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memor y 58 MB 01000000-047FFFFF Super e xtended memor y 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memor y (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFFFFFF System BIOS
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ1 A Co nnec tor P in As signm en ts Ta b l e A - 1 Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 3 Data 2 Data â 4 Ground
Aâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assignmen ts Ta b l e A - 2 RJ-45 (Netw ork) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 T ransmit 5 Unused 2 T ransmit â 6 Receiv e â 3 Receiv e 7 Unused 4 Unused 8 Unused
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ3 Ta b l e A - 3 S-Video-Out Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 TV - Ground 5 TV -CD 2 TV - CVBS 6 TV - Ground 3 TV - Ground 7 TV -YD 4 TV - Ground
Aâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assignmen ts Ta b l e A - 4 External Monitor Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Red analog 9 5 VDC 2 Green analog 10 Ground 3 Blue analog 11 Monitor detect 4 Not connected 12 DDC 2B data 5 Ground 13 Horizontal sync 6 Ground analog 14 V er tical sync 7 Ground analog 15 DDC 2B clock 8 Ground analog
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ5 Ta b l e A - 5 RJ-11 (Modem) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Unused 4 Unused 2T i p 5U n u s e d 3 Ring 6 Unused
Aâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assignmen ts Ta b l e A - 6 A udio-In (Micr ophone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 A udio signal in 3 Ground 2 A udio signal in Ta b l e A - 7 A udio-Out (Headphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 A udio out, left channel 3 Ground 2 A udio out, r ight channel
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ1 B P o w er C ord Set Requirem ents 3-Con duc tor P o w er Cord Set The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line v oltage from 100 to 120 or 220 to 240 volts A C. The po wer cord set included with the computer meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment is purchased. Po wer cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where the computer is used.
Bâ2 Maintenance and Se r v ice Gui de P o w er Cor d Set Requir ements Gen eral R equiremen ts The requirements listed belo w are applicable to all countries. â The length of the po wer cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and a maximum of 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All po wer cord sets must be approv ed by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for e v aluation in the country where the po wer cord set will be used. â The po wer cord sets must ha ve a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nominal v oltage rating of 125 or 250 V A C, as required by each countryâ s po wer system. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical conf iguration of an EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the ap pliance inlet on the back of the computer .
P ow er Cor d Set R equirements Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ3 Coun tr y-Spec ific R equiremen ts 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements Country Accredited Ag ency Applicable Note Number A ustralia EANSW 1 Au s t r i a O V E 1 Belgium C EBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMK O 1 Finland F IMK O 1 F rance UTE 1 Ger many VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Jap a n ME T I 3 â NOTES: 1. The fle xible cord m ust be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle xible cord m ust be T y pe SPT -3 or equiv alent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xib le cord, and wall plug mu st bear a âTâ mar k and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentor i La w . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration.
Bâ4 Maintenance and Se r v ice Gui de P o w er Cor d Set Requir ements Ko r e a E K 4 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norwa y NEMK O 1 P eopleâ s Republic of China CCC 5 Sweden SEMK O 1 Switzerland SEV 1 T aiw an BSMI 4 United Kingdom BSI 1 United States UL 2 â NOTES: 1. The fle xible cord m ust be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle xible cord m ust be T y pe SPT -3 or equiv alent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xib le cord, and wall plug mu st bear a âTâ mar k and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentor i La w . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The fle xible cord m ust be T ype VC TF , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor size . P ower cord set fittings (appliance coupler and w a ll plug) must bear the cer tification mar k of the agency respon sible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 5. The fle xible cord m ust be T y pe R VV , 3-conductor , 0. 75 mm² conductor size . P ower cord set fittings (appliance coupler and w a ll plug) must bear the cer tification mar k of the agency respon sible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements (Continued) Country Accredited Ag ency Applicable Note Number
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ1 C Sc r e w Li sting This appendix provides specif ication and reference information for the scre ws used in the computer . All screws listed in this appendix are a v ailable in the Miscellaneous Scre w Kits, spare part numbers 367776-001 (for use on HP Pa vilion dv1000 models) and 373534-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models).
Câ2 Maint enance and Servi ce Guide Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã5 . 0 Sc r e w Locatio ns Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 1 T w o screws that secure the hard driv e cov er to the computer (screws are captured on the cov er by C clips; documented in Section 5.4 ) 2 T w o screws that secure the memory module compar tment cover to the computer (screws are captured on th e co v er by C clips; documented in Section 5.6 ) 3 One scre w that secures the Mini PC I compar tment cov er to the computer (screw is captured on the co ver b y C clips; documented in Section 5.7 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ3 Phillips P M2 .0Ã5 . 0 Sc r e w Locatio ns Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the displa y asse mbly on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.11 ) mm
Câ4 Maint enance and Servi ce Guide Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã5 . 0 Sc r e w Locatio ns Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the base encl osure on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ5 Phillips P M2 .5Ã4. 0 Scr ew L ocati ons Ta b l e C - 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard driv e fram e to the hard drive (documented in Section 5.4 ) mm
Câ6 Maint enance and Servi ce Guide Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã7 . 0 Sc r e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 18 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the optical dr iv e to the computer (documented in Section 5.8 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ7 Phillips P M2 .0Ã6 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 18 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the base encl osure on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
Câ8 Maint enance and Servi ce Guide Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã6 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 18 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 14 screws that secure the base enclosure on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ9 Phillips P M2 .0Ã6 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 18 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 15 screws that secure the base en closure on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
Câ10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the s witch cov er on the HP P avilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.9 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ11 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the s witch cov er on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.9 ) mm
Câ12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the k eyboard on th e HP P avilion dv10 00 (documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ13 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the base encl osure on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
Câ14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the base enclosure on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ15 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the USB/S-Video controller board to the computer (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the heat sink to the computer (documented in Section 5.17 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ17 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the f an to the heat sink (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
Câ18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the system board on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.20) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ19 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the system bo ard on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.20 ) mm
Câ20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã3 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the k eyboard on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ21 Phillips P M2 .0Ã3 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the men u control b u tton board on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.16 ) mm
Câ2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã3 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the LED board on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.21 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 3 Phillips P M2 .0Ã5 . 0 R ound Head Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 6 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Round Head Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the displa y asse mbly on the HP P avilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.11 ) mm
Câ2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M1. 5Ã2 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 7 Phillips PM1.5Ã2.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 3 2.0 mm 1.5 mm 6.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the LED board on the HP P avilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.21 ) mm
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ1 In de x 1394 port 1â11, 1â13 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader light 1â11, 1â13 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader slot 1â11, 1â13 6-in-1 Memory Reader light 1â13 6-in-1 Memory Reader slot 1â13 A AC adapter, spare part number 3â25 , 3â32 arrow keys 1â19, 1â21 audio troubleshooting 2â23 audio-in (microphone) jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 audio-out (headphone) jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 B Back button 1â27 base enclosure removal 5â35 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â27 , 5â35 battery light 1â7, 1â9 battery pack location 1â32, 1â34 removal 5â5 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â27 , 3â36 , 5â5 specifications 6â5 battery pack release latch 1â32 , 1â34 bottom components 1â32, 1â34 C cables, service considerations 4â2 caps lock key 1â19 , 1â21 caps lock light 1â27, 1â28 components bottom 1â32, 1â34 front 1â6, 1â8 keyboard 1â18, 1â20 left-side 1â14, 1â16 rear 1â14, 1â16 right-side 1â10, 1â12 top 1â22 , 1â24, 1â26, 1â28 , 1â30 computer feet illustrated 3â20 locations 5â10
Inde xâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x Computer Setup Advanced Menu 2â4 Main Menu 2â2 overview 2â1 Security Menu 2â3 Tools Menu 2â4 computer specifications 6â1 connector pin assignments external monitor Aâ4 headphone Aâ6 microphone Aâ6 monitor Aâ4 RJ-11 (modem) Aâ5 RJ-45 (network) Aâ2 S-Video-out Aâ3 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Aâ1 connectors, service considerations 4â2 D design overview 1â36 disassembly sequence chart 5â3 diskette drive OS loading problems 2â19 spare part number 3â24 display assembly removal 5â30 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â30 , 3â31 , 3â32 , 3â33 , 5â30 specifications 6â3 display hinge brackets, spare part number 3â3 display hinge covers, spare part number 3â3 , 3â35 , 3â36 display release button 1â7 , 1â9 display switch 1â22, 1â28 DMA specifications 6â16 docking device, troubleshooting 2â14 drives, preventing damage 4â2 DVD button 1â23 DVD RW/R and CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 3â36 , 5â16 specifications 6â8 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â31 , 3â33 , 5â16 specifications 6â6 DVD±RW/R and CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 5â16 specifications 6â10, 6â12
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ3 DVD-ROM drive OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â31 , 3â33 , 5â16 specifications 6â14 E electrostatic discharge 4â3, 4â7 EMI Gasket Kit, spare part number 3â36 exhaust vents 1â15, 1â17, 1â33 , 1â35 expansion port 1â15, 1â17 external monitor port location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ4 F f1 to f12 keys 1â19, 1â21 fan removal 5â50 spare part number 3â11, 3â31 , 5â50 features 1â2 feet illustrated 3â20 locations 5â10 flowcharts, troubleshooting no audio 2â23, 2â24 no network/modem connection 2â28 no OS loading 2â15 no OS loading from diskette drive 2â19 no OS loading from hard drive 2â16, 2â17, 2â18 no power 2â8, 2â10, 2â11 no video 2â12, 2â13 nonfunctioning device 2â25 nonfunctioning expansion base 2â14 nonfunctioning keyboard 2â26 nonfunctioning pointing device 2â27 fn key 1â19, 1â21 front components 1â6, 1â8 G grounding equipment and methods 4â6 H hard drive OS loading problems 2â16 precautions 4â2 removal 5â6 spare part numbers 3â17, 3â22 , 3â23 , 3â31 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 5â6 specifications 6â4 hard drive bay 1â33, 1â35 hard drive cover illustrated 3â20 removal 5â7 headphone jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6
Inde xâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x headset, spare part number 3â25 , 3â31 heat sink removal 5â48 spare part number 3â11, 3â31 , 5â48 I I/O address specifications 6â19 IDE drive light 1â7, 1â9 interrupt specifications 6â17 K keyboard removal 5â24 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â9 , 3â28 , 3â29 , 3â30 , 5â24 troubleshooting 2â26 keyboard components 1â18 , 1â20 keypad keys 1â19, 1â21 L label area 1â33 , 1â35 LED board removal 5â62 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â31 , 5â62 left-side components 1â14, 1â16 Logo Kit, spare part number 3â25 , 3â32 , 3â33 M mass storage devices, spare part numbers 3â22 memory map specifications 6â22 memory module removal 5â10 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â28 , 5â10 memory module compartment cover illustrated 3â20 removal 5â11 menu control button board removal 5â45 spare part number 3â15, 3â33 , 5â45 microphone jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 Mini PCI communications card removal 5â13 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â32 , 3â33 , 3â35 Mini PCI compartment 1â33, 1â35 Mini PCI compartment cover illustrated 3â20 removal 5â14 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit contents 3â19 , 3â20 , 3â21 , 3â27 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21 , 3â27
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ5 modem jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ5 modem, troubleshooting 2â28 monitor port location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ4 mouse, spare part number 3â25 , 3â27 Music button 1â23 mute button 1â25, 1â29 mute light 1â25, 1â29 N network jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ2 network, troubleshooting 2â28 Next/Fast Forward button 1â25 nonfunctioning device, troubleshooting 2â14, 2â25 num lock key 1â19, 1â21 num lock light 1â27, 1â29 O OK button 1â27 operating system loading, troubleshooting 2â15 optical drive location 1â11 , 1â13 , 1â32 , 1â34 OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â31 , 3â33 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 3â36 P packing precautions 4â4 PC Card assembly, spare part numbers 3â13, 3â36 PC Card eject buttons 1â15, 1â17 PC Card slots 1â15, 1â17 plastic parts 4â2 Play/Pause button 1â23 pointing device, troubleshooting 2â27 power button 1â22, 1â29 power button light 1â27 power connector 1â15, 1â17 power cord set requirements Bâ2 spare part numbers 3â26, 3â34 power management features 1â5 power, troubleshooting 2â8 power/standby light 1â7, 1â9 , 1â29 Previous/Rewind button 1â23 processor removal 5â52 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â27 , 3â32 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 3â36 , 5â52
Inde xâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x Q QuickPlay, no OS loading 2â21 , 2â22 R rear components 1â14, 1â16 remote control, spare part number 3â25, 3â32 removal preliminaries 4â1 procedures 5â1 replacement preliminaries 4â1 procedures 5â1 right-side components 1â10 , 1â12 RJ-11 (modem) jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ5 RJ-45 (network) jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ2 RTC battery, removal 5â44 S Screw Kit, spare part number 3â25 , 3â28 , 3â33 screw listing Câ1 security cable slot 1â15, 1â17 serial number 3â1, 5â2 service considerations 4â1 speaker assembly removal 5â42 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â31 , 3â34 , 5â42 speakers 1â7, 1â9 specifications battery pack 6â5 computer 6â1 display 6â3 DMA 6â16 DVD RW/R and CD-RW Combo Drive 6â8 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 6â6 DVD±RW/R and CD-RW Combo Drive 6â10, 6â12 DVD-ROM drive 6â14 hard drive 6â4 I/O addresses 6â19 interrupts 6â17 memory map 6â22 static shielding materials 4â7 Stop button 1â25 S-Video-out jack location 1â11, 1â13 pin assignments Aâ3 switch cover removal 5â18 spare part numbers 3â5, 3â30 , 3â33 , 5â18 system board removal 5â54 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â31 , 3â33 , 3â35 , 3â36 , 5â54 system memory map 6â22
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ7 T tools required 4â1 top components 1â22, 1â24, 1â26 , 1â28 , 1â30 top cover, spare part numbers 3â9 , 3â27 , 3â33 TouchPad buttons 1â27, 1â31 horizontal scrolling region 1â31 light 1â27, 1â31 location 1â27, 1â31 on/off button 1â27, 1â31 vertical scroll region 1â27 , 1â31 transporting precautions 4â4 troubleshooting audio 2â23 Computer Setup 2â1 docking device 2â14 flowcharts 2â5 keyboard 2â26 modem 2â28 network 2â28 no OS loading for QuickPlay application 2â21 , 2â22 nonfunctioning device 2â14 , 2â25 OS loading 2â15 overview 2â1 pointing device 2â27 power 2â8 video 2â12 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) connector location 1â11 , 1â13 , 1â15 , 1â17 pin assignments Aâ1 USB digital drive, spare part number 3â24, 3â27 USB diskette drive, spare part number 3â27 USB pocket drive, spare part number 3â24 USB travel mouse, spare part number 3â25, 3â27 USB/S-Video controller board removal 5â40 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â31 , 3â33 , 5â40 V video recorder, spare part number 3â25, 3â27 video troubleshooting 2â12 volume buttons 1â25, 1â29 W Windows applications key 1â19 , 1â21 Windows logo key 1â19 , 1â21 wireless button 1â25, 1â29 wireless button light 1â9 wireless light 1â14, 1â29 workstation precautions 4â5
© Copyright 2004, 2005 He wlett-Packard Dev elopment Company , L.P . Microsoft and W indows are U.S. re gistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Intel, Pentium, and Celeron are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Bluetooth is a tradem ark of its proprietor and used by He wlett-Packard Compan y under license. The information contained herein is su bject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompan ying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty . HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Maintenance and S ervi ce Guide HP P av i li on dv 1000 Notebook P C HP Co mpaq nx4 800 Noteboo k PC Co mpaq Pr esar io V2000 Notebook P C Thir d E dition Jul y 2005 Second E dition December 2004 F irst E dition Septe mber 2004 Document P ar t Numb er : 3 7 2 3 7 3-003
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de iii Cont ent s 1 Product Description 1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â2 1.2 Resetting the Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â4 1.3 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â5 1.4 External Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â6 1.5 Design Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1â36 2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Computer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 2.2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â5 3 Illustrated Parts Catalog 3.1 Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â1 3.2 Computer Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â2 3.3 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â20 3.4 Mass Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â22 3.5 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â25 3.6 Sequential Part Number Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â27 4 Removal and Replacement Preliminaries 4.1 Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 4.2 Service Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 4.3 Preventing Damage to Removable Drives . . . . . . . . 4â2 4.4 Preventing Electrostatic Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â3 4.5 Packaging and Transporting Precautions . . . . . . . . . 4â4
i v Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Con ten ts 4.6 Workstation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â5 4.7 Grounding Equipment and Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 5 Removal and Replacement Procedures 5.1 Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 5.2 Disassembly Sequence Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassembly . . . . . . . . . 5â4 5.4 Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â6 5.5 Computer Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â10 5.6 Memory Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â10 5.7 Mini PCI Communications Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â13 5.8 Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â16 5.9 Switch Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â18 5.10 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â24 5.11 Display Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â30 5.12 Base Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â35 5.13 USB/S-Video Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â40 5.14 Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â42 5.15 RTC Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â44 5.16 Menu Control Button Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â45 5.17 Heat Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â48 5.18 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â50 5.19 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â52 5.20 System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â54 5.21 LED Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â62 6 Specifications A Connector Pin Assignments B Power Cord Set Requirements C Screw Listing Index
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â1 1 Pr oduc t D esc ription The HP Pa vilion dv1000 Notebook PC 1 and the HP Compaq nx4800 Notebook PC and the Compaq Presario V2000 Notebook PC (both represented by 2 ) of fer adv anced modularity , Intel® Pentium® M and Celeron® M processors, and extensi ve multimedia support. HP P av ilion d v1000, HP Co mpaq nx48 00, and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
1â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on 1.1 F e a t u r e s â The follo wing processors are a v ailable, v arying b y computer model: â Intel Pentium M 745 (1.8-GHz) with 400-MHz front side b us (FSB) â Intel Pentium M 735 (1.7-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 725 (1.6-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Pentium M 710 TJ85 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB; operates at a lo wer temperature than other processors â Intel Celeron M 340 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â Intel Celeron M 330 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB â 14.0-inch WXGA (1280 à 768) TFT display with ov er 16.7 million colors, v arying b y computer model â 80-, 60-, or 40-GB high-capacity hard dri v e, v arying by computer model â 256-MB DDR synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) at 266 MHz, expandable to 2.0 GB on models with Intel Pentium M processors and 1.0 GB on models with Intel Celeron M processors â Microsoft® W indo ws® XP Home Edition or W indows XP Professional, or Free DOS, v arying by computer model â Full-size W indo ws ke yboard with embedded numeric ke ypad â T ouchPad pointing de vice with on button and dedicated two-w ay scroll region â Integrated 10/100 B ASE-T Ethernet local area network (LAN) network interface card (NIC) with RJ-45 jack â Integrated high-speed 56K modem with RJ-11 jack â Integrated wireless support for Mini PCI IEEE 802.11b and 802.11b/g WLAN de vice
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 â Support for one T ype II PC Card slots, with support for both 32-bit (CardBus) and 16-bit PC Cards â External 65-watt A C adapter with 3-wire po wer cord â 6-cell or 12-cell Li-Ion battery pack â Stereo speakers with v olume up and down b uttons â Support for the follo wing optical dri v es: â 8X Max D VD R W/R and CD-R W Combo Dri ve â 4X Max D VD R W/R and CD-R W Combo Dri ve â 8X Max D VD-R OM Driv e â 24X Max D VD/CD-R W Combo Dri v e â Connectors: â External monitor â Uni versal Serial Bus (USB) v . 2.0 â RJ-11 (modem) â RJ-45 (network) â Audio-out (headphone) â Audio-in (microphone) â Po wer â IEEE 1394 digital (select models only) â S-V ideo-out (select models only) â Infrared (HP Pa vilion models only) â Parallel â Serial â Docking (select models only) â Digital memory card reader (select models only)
1â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on 1 .2 Reset tin g th e Com pu ter If the computer you are servicing has an unkno wn password, follo w these steps to clear the password. These steps also clear CMOS: 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3, âPreparing the Computer for Disassembly , â for more information). 2. Remov e the real-time clock (R TC) battery (refer to Section 5.15, âR TC Battery , â for more information). 3. W ait approximately 5 minutes. 4. Replace the R TC battery and reassemble the computer . 5. Connect A C power to the computer . Do not reinsert any battery packs at this time. 6. T urn on the computer . All passwords and all CMOS settings ha v e been cleared.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â5 1. 3 P o w e r M a n a g e m e n t The computer comes with po wer management features that extend battery operating time and conserv e power . The computer supports the follo wing po wer management features: â Standby â Hibernation â Setting customization by the user â Hotke ys for setting the le ve l of performance â Battery calibration â Lid switch standby/resume â Po wer/standby b utton â Adv anced Conf iguration and Po wer Management (A CPM) compliance
1â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on 1 .4 External C omponen ts The external components on the front of the HP P avilion dv1000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-1. F ront C omponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â7 Ta b l e 1 - 1 Fr ont Components HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1 Speakers (2) Produces stereo sound. 2 P ower/standb y light â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 3 IDE (Integr ated Drive Electronics) drive light On or blinking: The internal hard drive or an optical drive is being accessed. 4B a t t e r y l i g h t â Amber : The batter y pack is charging. â Green: The batter y pack is fully charged. â Off: The batter y pack is discharging or not inser ted. 5 Displa y release latch Opens the computer . 6A u d i o - i n (microphone) jack Connects an optional monaural (single sound channel) microphone. 7A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jac k (2) Connect optional headphones or pow ered stereo speake rs. Also connect the audio function of an audio/v ideo de vice such as a tele vision or VCR.
1â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the front of the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-2. F ront C omponents, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â9 Ta b l e 1 - 2 Fr ont Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 Speakers (2) Produces stereo sound. 2 Wireless button light (select models only) On: An integrated wireless de vice is hardware enab led. 3 P ower/standb y light â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 4 IDE (Integr ated Drive Electronics) drive light â On or blinking: The internal hard drive or an optical driv e is being accessed. 5B a t t e r y l i g h t â Amber : The batter y pack is charging. â Green: The batter y pack is fully charged. â Off: The batter y pack is discharging or not inser ted. 6 Displa y release latch Opens the computer . 7A u d i o - i n (microphone) jack Connects an optional monaural (single sound channel) microphone. 8A u d i o - o u t (headphone) jack (2 on HP P avilion dv1000 models) Connect optional headphones or pow ered stereo speake rs. Also connect the audio function of an audio/v ideo de vice such as a tele vision or VCR.
1â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the right side of the HP P avilion dv1000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-3. R ight-Si de Components , HP P av ilion d v1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â11 Ta b l e 1 - 3 Right-Side Components HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1 USB connectors (2) Connect an optional USB de vice. 2 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader slot (select models only) In Windows , suppor ts digital memor y cards. 3 1394 por t (select models only) Connects an optional 1394a de vice such as a scanner , digital camera, or digital camcorder . 4 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader light (select models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (select models only) Connects an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, camcorder , projector , or video capture card.
1â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the right side of the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-4. R igh t-Side C omponen ts, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â13 Ta b l e 1 - 4 Right-Side Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 USB connectors (2) Connect an optional USB de vice. 2 6-in-1 Memor y Reader slot (Compaq Presario models only) 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader slot (HP Compaq models only) In Windows , suppor ts digital memor y cards. 3 1394 por t (select models only) Connects an optional 1394 de vice such as a scanner , digital camera, or digital camcorder . 4 6-in-1 Memor y Reader light (Compaq Presario models only) 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader light (HP Compaq models only) On: A digital memor y card is being accessed. 5 Optical drive Suppor ts an optical disc. 6S - V i d e o - o u t j a c k (select models only) Connects an optional S-Video de vice, such as a tele vision, VCR, camcorder , projector , or video capture card.
1â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the rear and left side of the HP Pa vilion dv1000 are shown belo w and described in T a ble 1-5. R ear and Le ft -Side C omponents , HP P av ilion d v1000 Ta b l e 1 - 5 Rear and Left-Side Components HP P avilion dv1000 Item Component Function 1 Wireless light (select models only) On: An integrated wireless de vice is hardware enab led.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â15 2 Exhaust v ent Pro vides airflow to cool internal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surf ace, such as pillo ws, thic k rugs or clothing, to bloc k airflow . 3 P ower connector Connects an A C adapter cab le. 4 Exter nal monitor por t Connects an optional V GA e xter nal monitor or projector . 5 Expansion por t 2 Connects t he computer to an optional e xpansion base. â The computer has only one expansion port. The term expansion port 2 describes the type of expansion port. 6 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects an optional network cable . 7 RJ-11 (modem) jack Conn ects the modem cab le. 8 USB connector Connects an optional USB de vice. 9 PC Card slot Suppor ts an op tional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. Also ser v es as a storage location f or the optional HP Mobile Remote Control. 10 PC Card eject button Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. 11 Security cable slot Attaches an optional securi ty cab le to the computer . Ta b l e 1 - 5 Rear and Left-Side Components HP P avilion dv1000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the rear and left side of the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-6. R ear and Le ft -Side C omponents , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â17 Ta b l e 1 - 6 Rear and Left-Side Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 Exhaust v ent Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surf ace, such as pillo ws, thic k rugs or clothing, to bloc k airflow . 2 P ower connector Connect s an A C adapter cable. 3 Exter nal monitor por t Connects an optional V GA e xternal monitor or projector . 4 Expansion por t 2 Connects the computer to an optional e xpansion base. â The computer has only one expansion port. The term expansion port 2 describes the type of expansion port. 5 RJ-45 (network) jack Connects an optional network cable . 6 RJ-11 (modem) jac k Conn ects the modem cable . 7 USB connector Connects an optional USB de vice. 8 PC Card slot Suppor ts an optional T ype I or T ype II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. 9 PC Card eject b utton Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. 10 Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer .
1â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The ke yboard components on the HP P avilion dv1000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-7. K ey board C omponents, HP P av ilion d v1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â19 T able 1-7 Ke yboard Components HP P a vilion dv1000 Item Component Function 1 fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks. F or e xample, pressing fn f7 decreases screen brightness. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and turns on the caps loc k light. 3 f1 to f12 ke ys (12) P erform system and application tasks. When combined with the fn key , sever al ke ys and buttons perf or m additional tasks as hotk eys . 4 num lock ke y Enables n umeric lock, tur ns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light. 5 K eypad k eys (15) In Windows , can be used like the ke ys on an e xter nal numeric k eypad. 6 Arrow k e ys Mov e the cursor around the screen. 7W i n d o w s applications ke y In Windows , displa ys a shor tcut menu f or items beneath the pointer . 8 Windows logo k e y In Window s , displa ys the Windows Star t menu.
1â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The ke yboard components on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-8. K eybo ard Co mp one nt s, H P Co mpa q n x 4800 a nd Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â21 T able 1-8 Ke yboard Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 fn ke y Combines with other ke ys to perform system tasks. F or e xample, pressing fn f7 decreases screen brightness. 2 caps lock ke y Enables caps loc k and turns on the caps loc k light. 3 f1 to f12 ke ys (12) P erform system and application tasks. When combined with the fn key , seve ra l ke ys and buttons perf or m additional tasks as hotk eys . 4 num lock ke y Enables n umeric lock, tur ns on the embedded numeric ke ypad, and tur ns on the num loc k light. 5 K eypad k eys (15) In Windows , can be used like the ke ys on an e xter nal numeric k eypad. 6 Arrow k e ys Mov e the cursor around the screen. 7W i n d o w s applications ke y In Windows , displa ys a shor tcut menu f or items beneath the pointer . 8 Windows logo k e y In Window s , displa ys the Windows Star t menu.
1â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The top components on the HP Pa vilion dv1000 are shown belo w and described in T able 1-9. T op C omponents, P art 1, HP P av ilion dv1000 Ta b l e 1 - 9 T op Components, P ar t 1 HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1 Displa y s witch If the computer is closed while on, tur ns off the displa y . 2 P ower b utton When the computer is â Off , press to turn on the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate Hiber nation. â In Standby , briefly press to resume from Standb y . â In Hiber nation, briefly press to restore from Hiber nation.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 3 3 D VD button When the computer is â Off , opens QuickPla y D VD mode. â On in Windows , opens the def ault Windows D VD application. â On in QuickPla y music mode , opens Quic kPla y D VD mode. â On in QuickPla y D VD mode, displa ys the D VD setup menu. â In Standby , resumes from Standb y into Windows . â In Hiber nation, opens Quic kPla y DV D m o d e . 4 Music b utton When the computer is â Off , opens Quic kPla y music mode . â On in Windows , opens the def ault Windows m usic application. â On in QuickPla y D VD mode, opens Quic kPla y music mode . â In Standby , resumes from Standb y into Windows . â In Hiber nation, opens Quic kPla y musi c m ode. 5 Pre vious/Rewind Button When a disc is in the optical drive: â Press to pla y the pre vious trac k or chapter . â Press fn this bu tton to rewind. 6 Pla y/P ause button When a disc is in the optical dr iv e and is: â Not pla ying, press to pla y the disc. â Pla ying, press to pause the disc. Ta b l e 1 - 9 T op Components, P ar t 1 HP P a vilion dv1000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The computertop components on the HP Pa vilion dv1000 computerare sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-10. T op C omponents, P art 2 , HP P av ilion dv1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 5 T able 1-10 T op Components, P ar t 2 HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1N e x t / F a s t F o r w a r d bu tt o n When a disc is in the optical drive: â Press once to pla y the ne xt trac k or chapter . â Press fn this bu tton to f ast f orward. 2 Stop button When a disc is in the optical drive, press to stop the current disc activity . 3 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 4 V olume mute bu tton Mute light Mutes or restores v olume. On: V olume is muted. 5 V olume up button Increases system v olume. 6 Wireless button Enables/disab les an inter nal wireless de vice.
1â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The top components on the HP Pa vilion dv1000 are shown belo w and described in T able 1-11. T op C omponents, P art 3, HP P av ilion dv1000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 7 T able 1-11 T op Components, P ar t 3 HP P avilion dv 1000 Item Component Function 1 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 2 T ouchP ad light On: T ouchP ad is enabled. 3 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 4 P ower/ b utton light â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 5 Wireless light On: an integrated wireless de vice is hardware enab led. 6 Num loc k light On: Num lock or the internal ke ypad is on. 7 Back b utton â In Windows , emulates the âbac kâ function of the alt left arrow command in the activ e application. â In QuickPla y , mov es up one director y le v el in an on-screen menu. 8 OK bu tton Selects an item yo u hav e chosen on the screen. 9 T ouchP ad on/off bu tt o n Enables/disab les the T ouchP ad. 10 T ouchP ad vert ical scroll region Scrolls upward or do wnwa rd. 11 Left and right T ouchP ad buttons Function like the left and right b uttons on an e xter nal mouse .
1â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The top components on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-12. T op C omponents, P art 1, HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 T able 1-12 T op Components, P ar t 1 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 2 Displa y s witch If the computer is closed while on, tur ns off the displa y .
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â2 9 3 Wireless button Enables/disab les an inter nal wireless de vice. Wireless light On: an integrated wireless de vice is hardware enab led. 4 P ower b utton When the computer is â Off , press to turn on the computer . â On, briefly press to initiate Hiber nation. â In Standby , briefly press to resume from Standb y . â In Hiber nation, briefly press to restore from Hiber nation. P ower/standb y light â On: Computer is tur ned on. â Blinking: Computer is in standby . â Off: Computer is off . 5 V olume down b utton Decreases system v olume. 6 V olume mute bu tton Mute s or restores v olume. Mute light On: V olume is muted. 7 V olume up button Increases system v olume. 8 Num loc k light On: Num lock or the internal ke ypad is on. T able 1-12 T op Components, P ar t 1 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ripti on The top components on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-13. T op C omponents, P art 2 , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â31 T able 1-13 T op Components, P ar t 2 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 T ouchP ad hor izo ntal scrolling region Scrolls tow ard left side or right side. 2 T ouchP ad Mov es the pointer . 3 T ouchP ad light On: T ouchP ad is enabled. 4 T ouchP ad on/off bu tt o n Enables/disab les the T ouchP ad. 5 T ouchP ad ver tical scroll region Scrolls upward or do wnwa rd. 6 Left and right T ouchP ad buttons Function like the left and right b uttons on an e xter nal mouse .
1â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the bottom of the HP Pa vilion dv1000 are shown belo w and described in T able 1-14. Bottom Compo nents, HP P av ilion dv1000 T able 1-14 Bottom Components HP P avilion dv1000 Item Component Function 1 Optical driv e Suppor ts an optical disc. 2 Batter y pac k release latch Releases a batter y pac k from the batter y ba y . 3 Batter y pac k Holds a batter y pac k.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 3 4 Exhaust v ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surf ace, such as pillo ws , thick rugs or clothing, to b lock airflow . 5 Hard driv e ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive . 6 Mini PCI compar tment Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice. Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice authorized f or use in the computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remo v e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 7 Memor y module compar tment Contains two memory slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memor y modules v aries by computer model. 8 Label areas (2) Contain the computer serial number and other applicab le regulator y labels. T able 1-14 Bottom Components HP P avilion dv 1000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Pr oduct Desc ripti on The external components on the bottom of the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 are sho wn belo w and described in T able 1-15. Bottom Compo nents, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 T able 1-15 Bottom Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 Item Component Function 1 Optical driv e Suppor ts an optical disc. 2 Batter y pac k release latch Releases a batter y pac k from the batter y ba y . 3 Batter y pac k Holds a batter y pac k.
Pr oduct De sc ripti on Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 1â3 5 4 Exhaust v ents (4) Provide airflo w to cool inter nal components. Ã T o pre vent o verheating, do not obstruct vents . Do not allow a hard surf ace, such as a printer , or a soft surf ace, such as pillo ws , thick rugs or clothing, to b lock airflow . 5 Hard driv e ba y Holds the inter nal hard drive . 6 Mini PCI compar tment Holds an optional wireless LAN de vice. Ã T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice authorized f or use in the computer b y the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remo v e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 7 Memor y module compar tment Contains 2 memor y slots that suppor t replaceable memory modules. The number of preinstalled memor y modules v aries by computer model. 8 Label areas (2) Contain the computer serial number and other applicab le regulator y labels. T able 1-15 Bottom Components HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (Continued) Item Component Function
1â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Pr oduct Desc ripti on 1. 5 D e s i g n O v e r v i e w This section presents a design ov erview of k ey parts and features of the computer . Refer to Chapter 3, âIllustrated Parts Catalog, â to identify replacement parts, and Chapter 5, âRemo v al and Replacement Procedures, â for disassembly steps. The system board provides the follo wing device connections: â Memory module â Mini PCI communications de vices â Hard dri v e â Display â K e yboard and T ouchPad â Audio â Intel Pentium M and Celeron M processors â Fan â PC Card à CA UTION: T o pr operl y ventilat e the computer , allow at leas t a 7 .6 -cm (3-inc h) c lear ance on the left and r igh t sides o f the comput er . The computer uses an electric fan for v entilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to be turned on automatically when high temperature conditions exist. These conditions are af fected b y high external temperatures, system po wer consumption, po wer management/battery conserv a tion conf igurations, battery fast char ging, and software applications. Exhaust air is displaced through the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer .
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â1 2 T r oubl eshooting à W ARN ING: Only author iz ed tec hnic ians tr ained b y HP should r epair this equipmen t . All tr ouble shooting and r epair pr ocedur es ar e detailed to allo w onl y subass embly-/module-lev el r epair . Because o f the comple x ity of the indi v idual boar ds and subas sembli es , do not attempt to mak e repair s at the component le vel or modif ications to an y print ed w ir ing boar d. Im pr oper r epairs can c r eate a safety ha z ard . Any indicati on of component r eplacement or pr inted w iring boar d modif icati on may v oid an y war r anty or ex c hange allo wance s. 2. 1 Com puter Setu p Computer Setup is a system information and customization utility that can be used e ven when your operating system is not w orking or will not load. This utility includes settings that are not a v ailable in W indo ws. Using C ompu ter Setup Information and settings in Computer Setup are accessed from the Main, Security , Adv anced, or T ools menus: 1. T urn on or restart the computer . Press f10 while the F10 = R OM-Based Setup message is displayed in the lo wer -left corner of the screen. â T o change the language, use the cursor control ke ys to na vigate to the Adv anced menu . â T o vie w navigation information, press f1. â T o return to the Computer Setup menu, press esc.
2â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting 2. Select the Main, Security , Advanced, or T ools menu. 3. T o close Computer Setup and restart the computer: â Select Exit > Exit Sa ving Changes, and then press enter . - or - â Select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes, and then press enter . - or - â Select Exit > Load Setup Defaults, and then press enter . 4. When you are prompted to conf irm your action, press f10. Selec ting from t he Main M enu Ta b l e 2 - 1 Main Menu Select T o Do This System Inf or mation â Change the system time and system date. â Vie w identification inf or mation about the computer . â Vie w specification inf or mation about the processor , memor y and cache size , and system ROM.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â3 Selec ting fr om t he Securit y Menu Ta b l e 2 - 2 Security Menu Select T o Do This Administrator P ass word Enter , change, or delete a Administrator pass word. P ower-on P ass word Enter , change, or delete a po wer-on pass word. DriveLoc k P ass words Enable/disab le Dr iv eLock; change a Driv eLock user or master pass word. â DriveLock Settings are accessible only when you enter Comput er Setup by turning on (not restarting) the computer. P assw ord Options (P assw ord options can be selected only when a pow er-on pass word has been set.) Enable/disab le: â QuickLoc k â QuickLoc k on Standby â QuickBlank â To enable QuickLock on Standby or QuickBlank, you must first enable QuickLock. De vice Security Enable/disab le: â Diskette driv e star tup* â CD-ROM or disk ette star tup â Settings for a DVD-ROM can be entered in the CD-ROM field. *Not applicable to SuperDisk LS-120 driv es.
2â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Selec ting from th e Ad v an ced Menu Selec ting fr om t he T ools Menu Ta b l e 2 - 3 Adv anced Menu Select T o Do This Language Change the Comp uter Setup language. Boot Order Enable/disab le Mult iBoot, which sets a star tup sequence that can includ e most bootab le de vices and media in the system. Accessibility Options Allows electron ic and inf or mation technology to be accessib le to people with varying ranges of abilities. Video Memor y Displa ys the amount of video memor y a vailab le on the computer . Ta b l e 2 - 4 To o l s M e n u Select T o Do This Hard Drive Self T est Run a quic k co mprehensiv e self test on hard drives in the system that suppor t the test f eatures.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â5 2.2 T roubl eshooting Flo wc har ts Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roub leshooting Flowc har ts Overview Flowchart Description 2.1 âFlowchar t 2.1âInitial T roubleshootingâ 2.2 âFlowchart 2.2âNo P ow er , P ar t 1â 2.3 âFlowchart 2.3âNo P ow er , P ar t 2â 2.4 âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ow er , P ar t 3â 2.5 âFlowchart 2.5âNo P ow er , P ar t 4â 2.6 âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , P ar t 1â 2.7 âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , P ar t 2â 2.8 âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Do c king De vice (if applicab le)â 2.9 âFlowchart 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loadingâ 2.10 âFlo wchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Dr iv e, P ar t 1â 2.11 âFlo wchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Dr iv e, P ar t 2â 2.12 âFlo wchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Dr iv e, P ar t 3â 2.13 âFlo wchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv eâ
2â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flowchart Description 2.14 âFlo wchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, CD-R OM or D VD-ROM Drive â 2.15 âFlo wchar t 2.15âNo OS Loading f or QuickPla y Application, Pa r t 1 â 2.16 âFlo wchar t 2.16âNo OS Loading f or QuickPla y Application, Pa r t 2 â 2.17 âFlo wchar t 2.17âNo A udio, P ar t 1â 2.18 âFlo wchar t 2.18âNo A udio, P ar t 2â 2.19 âFlo wchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning De viceâ 2.20 âFlo wchar t 2.20âNonfunctioning K eyboardâ 2.21 âFlo wchar t 2.21âNonfunctioning P ointing Deviceâ 2.22 âFlo wchar t 2.22âNo Network/Modem Connectionâ Ta b l e 2 - 5 T roub leshooting Flowc har ts Overview (Continued)
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â7 Flo wc h art 2. 1âInitial T roubl eshooting Connecting to network or modem? Begin troubleshooting. Is there power? Is the OS loading? Is there video? (no boot) Is there sound? Beeps, LEDs, or error messages? Keyboard/ pointing device working? Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunc- tioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â All drives working? Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N End N N N Go to âFlowchar t 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Go to âFlowchar t 2.17âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.20âNonfunc- tioning K ey- boardâ or âFlowchar t 2.21âNonfunc- tioning P ointing Check LED board, speaker connections. Go to âFlowchar t 2.22âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2.2âNo P o w er , P ar t 1 1. Reseat the power cables in the docking device and at the AC outlet. 2. Ensure the AC power source is active. 3. Ensure that the power strip is working. Done Remove from docking device (if applicable). Power up on battery power? Power up on AC power? Power up in docking device? Power up on battery power? Power up in docking device? Done Reset power .* Reset power .* Power up on AC power? N Y Y N N Y N N Y Y YN 1. On select models, there is a separate reset button. 2. On select models, the computer can be reset using the Standby switch and either the lid switch or the main power switch. *NOTES Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Docking De vice (if applicable). â No power (power LED is off).
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â9 Flo wc h art 2.3âNo P o w er , P ar t 2 Continued from âFlowchar t 2.2âNo P ower , Pa r t 1 . â Visually check for debris in battery socket and clean if necessary . Done N Y Power on? Check battery by recharging it, moving it to another computer , or replacing it. Power on? Done Y Replace power supply (if applicable). N Power on? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â
2â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2.4âNo P o w er , P ar t 3 Continued from âFlowchart 2.3âNo P ower , Pa r t 2 . â Reseat AC adapter in computer and at power sour ce. Internal or external AC adapter? Done Done Done Done Power on? Power on? Power on? Plug directly into AC outlet. Power LED on? Power outlet active? T r y different outlet. Replace external AC adapter . Replace power cord. Y N Y Y Y Y N N N N External Internal Go to âFlowchar t 2.5âNo P ower , Pa r t 4 . â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â11 Flowc ha r t 2.5 âN o P o w er , P a rt 4 Y N Continued from âFlowchar t 2.4âNo P ower , Pa r t 3 . â Reseat loose components and boards and replace damaged items. Open computer . Loose or damaged parts? Y Close computer and retest. Power on? Done N Replace the following items (if applicable). Check computer operation after each replacement: 1. Internal DC-DC converter* 2. Internal AC adapter 3. Processor board* 4. System board* *NOTE: Replace these items as a set to prevent shorting out among components.
2â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2.6âNo Video, P ar t 1 A N Stand-alone or docking device? No video. Replace the following one at a time . T est after each replacement. 1. Cable between computer and co mputer display (if applicable) 2. Display 3. System board Internal or external display*? Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Docking Device Internal Stand-alone External Adjust brightness. Video OK? Done Y Press lid switch to ensure operation. Video OK? Done Y N Video OK? Done Done N Check for bent pins on cable. Tr y another display . Internal and external video OK? Replace system board. YY N N *NOTE: T o change from internal to external display , use the hotkey combination. Y Go to âFlowchar t 2.7âNo Video , Pa r t 2 . â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â13 Flo wc h art 2.7âNo Video, P ar t 2 Y N Continued from âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Done Adjust external monitor display . Video OK? Adjust display brightness. Video OK? Video OK? Done Done Check that computer is properly seated in docking device, for bent pins on cable, and for monitor connection. Go to âAâ in âFlowchart 2.6âNo Video , Pa r t 1 . â Check brightness of external monitor . T r y another external monitor . Internal and external video OK? Go to âFlowchar t 2.8âNonfunctioning Docking De vice (if applicable). â Y Y Y N N N Remove computer from docking device, if connected.
2â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting F lo wch a rt 2 . 8 â No nf un ct i o n in g D o ck i ng De v i c e (i f appl icable) Y N N T est replacement docking device with new computer . Docking device operating? Done Done Y Nonfunctioning docking device. Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. Check voltage setting on docking device. Reset monitor cable connector at docking device. Reinstall computer into docking station. Remove computer , replace docking device. Docking device operating?
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â15 Flo wc h art 2.9âNo Opera ting S y s tem (OS) Loadin g No OS loading from hard drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , P ar t 1. â Reseat power cord in docking device and power outlet. No OS loading.* *NOTE: Before beginning troubleshooting, always check cable connections, cable ends, and drives for bent or damaged pins. No OS loading from diskette drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â No OS loading from CD- or DVD-ROM drive, go to âFlowchar t 2.14âNo OS Loading, CD-ROM or D VD-ROM Drive . â No OS loading from network, go to âFlowchar t 2.22âNo Network/Modem Connection. â
2â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 0âNo OS Loa ding , H ard Driv e, Pa r t 1 Go to âFlowchart 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Y Done N OS not loading from hard drive. Nonsystem disk message? Go to âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 2. â Reseat external hard drive. OS loading? Done Boot from CD? Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â Boot from hard drive? Boot from diskette? Change boot priority through the Setup utility and reboot. Boot from hard drive? Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Check the Setup utility for correct booting order .
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â17 Flowc h ar t 2. 1 1 âN o OS Loa d in g , H a rd Dr iv e, Pa r t 2 Continued from âFlowchar t 2.10âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 1. â Reseat hard drive. Done CD or diskette in drive? 1. Replace hard drive. 2. Replace system board. Go to âFlowchar t 2.13âNo OS Loading, Diskette Driv e. â Load OS using System Restore CD (if applicable). Format hard drive and bring to ab o o t a b l e C:\ prompt. Create partition, and then format hard drive to bootable C:\ prompt. Boot from diskette drive? Remove diskette and reboot. Y N Boot from hard drive? Y N Y N Hard drive accessible? Y N Hard drive accessible? Done Run FDISK. Y N Hard drive partitioned? Hard drive formatted? Y N Y N Computer booted? Done Y N Go to âFlowchart 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 3. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.12âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive , Part 3. â
2â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 2âNo OS Loa ding , H ard Dri v e, Pa r t 3 Y System files on hard drive? Continued from âFlowchar t 2.11âNo OS Loading, Hard Drive, P ar t 2. â Clean virus. Done N Install OS and reboot. Virus on hard drive? OS loading from hard drive? Y N Y N Y N Diagnostics on diskette? Replace hard drive. Run diagnostics and follow recommendations. Run SCANDISK and check for bad sectors. Can bad sectors be fixed? Replace hard drive. Y N Y N Fix bad sectors. Boot from hard drive? Replace hard drive. Done
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â19 Flo wc h art 2. 1 3âNo OS Loa ding , Disk et te Driv e Done Y N Reseat diskette drive. OS not loading from diskette drive. Done Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N OS loading? Nonsystem disk message? Bootable diskette in drive? Install bootable diskette and reboot computer . Check diskette for system files. T r y different diskette. 1. Replace diskette drive. 2. Replace system board. Nonsystem disk error? OS loading? Boot from another device? Enable drive and cold boot computer . Is diskette drive boot order correct? Change boot priority using the Setup utility . Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunction ing De vice. â Diskette drive enabled in the Setup utility? Go to âFlowchart 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
2â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 4âN o OS Loading , CD-ROM or D VD-ROM Driv e Y Done N Bootable disc in drive? Disc in drive? No OS loading from CD-ROM or DVD-ROM Drive. Install bootable disc and reboot computer . Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Install bootable disc. Boots from CD or DVD? Boots from CD or DVD? T r y another bootable disc. Booting from another device? Booting order correct? Correct boot order using the Setup utility . Done Reseat drive. Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Reset the computer . Refer to Section 1.2, âResetting the Computer , â for instructions.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â21 Flowc ha r t 2. 1 5âN o OS Loa di ng for Q ui c kPlay Appl ic ati on, P art 1 OS loads for QuickPlay application? Done Done Done No OS loads for QuickPlay application. OS loads for QuickPlay application? N Go to âFlowchart 2.16âNo OS Loading f or QuickPla y Application, P a r t 2. â OS loads for QuickPlay application? 1. Reboot the computer to Windows OS. 2. Go to Control Panel > Administrative T ools > Computer Management > Disk Management and delete the Linux QuickPlay partitio n. The Linux QuickPlay partition will appear in the lower left corner as âHealthy (Unknown Partition).â 3. Reboot the computer from the HP QuickPlay CD. Follow the on-screen instructions. N N Y Y Y Reboot the computer from the HP QuickPlay CD. Follow the on-screen instructions. Reseat hard drive.
2â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 6âNo OS Loa ding for Qui c kP l ay Appl ic ati on, P art 2 Done 1. Replace the hard drive. 2. Insert the Windows Installation CD and follow the on-screen instructions. 3. When you are prompted âT o create the new part ition, enter a size below and press Enter ,â enter 204 MB as the reserved partition size. This process creates 2 partitions. The first partition is used for Windows. The second partition is used for QuickPlay . 4. Continue with the on-screen instructions to complete the installation of Windows on the first partition. Done OS loads for QuickPlay application? Y N Reboot the computer from the HP QuickPlay CD. Follow the on-screen instructions. 1. Reformat the hard drive. 2. Insert the Windows installation CD and follow the on-screen instructions. 3. When you are prompted âT o create the new part ition, enter a size below and press Enter ,â enter 204 MB as the reserved partition size. This process creates two partitions. The first partition is used for Windows. The second partition is used for QuickPlay . 4. Continue with the on-screen instructions to complete the installation of Windows on the first partition. Reboot the computer from the HP QuickPlay CD. Follow the on-screen instructions. OS loads for QuickPlay application? Y N Continued from âFlowchar t 2.15âNo OS Loading f or QuickPla y Application, P ar t 1. â
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 3 Flo wc h art 2. 1 7âN o Audio, P ar t 1 No audio. N Computer in docking device (if applicable)? Internal audio? Audio? Done Undock Audio? Done Tu r n u p a u d i o internally or externally . Go to âFlowchar t 2.18âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.18âNo A udio , Pa r t 2 . â Go to âFlowchar t 2.19âNonfunctioning De vice. â Replace the following docking device components one at a time, as applicable. Check audio status af ter each change. 1. Reseat docking device audio cable. 2. Replace audio cable. 3. Replace speaker . 4. Replace docking device audio board. 5. Replace backplane board. 6. Replace I/O board. Y Y Y Y N N N
2â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2. 1 8âN o Audio, P ar t 2 YN Continued from âFlowchart 2.17âNo A udio , Pa r t 1 . â Reload audio drivers. Audio driver in OS configured? Audio? Y Y Y N N N Correct drivers for application? Connect to external speaker . Load drivers and set configuration in OS. Audio? Done Replace audio board and speaker connections in computer (if applicable). 1. Replace internal speakers. 2. Replace audio board (if applicable). 3. Replace system board.
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 5 Flo wc h art 2. 1 9âNonfun ctionin g De vice Done Any physical device detected? Y N Unplug the nonfunctioning device from the computer and inspect cables and plugs for bent or broken pins or other damage. Reseat device. Clear CMOS. Done Fix or replace broken item. Nonfunctioning device. Reattach device. Close computer , plug in power , and reboot. Device boots properly? Go to âFlowchart 2.9âNo Operating System (OS) Loading. â Device boots properly? Replace hard drive. Replace diskette drive. Replace NIC. If integrated NIC, replace system board. Y N Y N
2â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting F lo wch a rt 2 . 2 0 â No nf un ct i on in g K e y bo ar d Y N OK? Keyboard not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external keyboard. Reseat internal keyboard connector (if applicable). Replace internal keyboard or cable. OK? Y N Y N Done Done
T r oubleshooting Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 2â2 7 Flo wc h art 2.2 1âNonfun c tioning P ointin g De vic e Y N OK? Pointing device not operating properly . External device works? Replace system board. Replace system board. Connect computer to good external pointing device. Reseat internal pointing device connector (if applicable). Replace internal pointing device or cable. OK? Y N Y N Done Done
2â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de T r oubleshooting Flo wc h art 2.22âNo Net w ork/Modem Con nectio n Y Disconnect all power from the computer and open. No network or modem connection. N Done Digital line? Network or modem jack active? Replace jack or have jack activated. Connect to nondigital line. NIC/modem configured in OS? Reload drivers and reconfigure. Reseat NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace NIC/modem (if applicable). Replace system board. OK? OK? Done N N N N Y Y Y Y
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â1 3 I llus trated P ar ts C a talog This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdo wn and a reference for spare part numbers and option part numbers. 3. 1 Seri al Number Loca tion When ordering parts or requesting information, provide the computer serial number and model number located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Number Location
3â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog 3.2 Comp uter M ajor Com ponen ts Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components Item Description Spare P art Number 1 Display assemb lies (include wireless antenna boards and cables) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373054-001 367783-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373060-001 373528-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373055-001 367784-001 Display hinge brac kets (not illustrated) 382077-001 Display hinge co vers (f or use only with Compaq V2000 models; not illustrated) 382078-001
3â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents , HP Com paq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â5 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 2 Switch co vers (include wireless b utton and light) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with wireless capability 367781-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models without wireless capability 367780-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx48 00 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, Memor y Reader , and wireless capability 367782-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx48 00 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader without wireless capability 367779-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out ja ck, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 373532-001
3â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â7 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 3 Ke yboar ds F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models in: Asia P acific, A ustralia, Canada, Hong K ong, the P eopleâ s Repub lic of China, and the United States Belgium Denmark Fr a n c e F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel 367778-001 367778-A 41 367778-081 367778-051 367778-121 367778-041 367778-DJ1 367778-BB1 Italy Ko r e a Latin America Europe and the Netherlands Norwa y P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom 367778-061 367778-AD1 367778-161 367778-331 367778-091 367778-131 367778-171 367778-071 367778-B71 367778-111 367778-AB1 367778-281 367778-031 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models in J apan 367777-291
3â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents , HP Com paq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â9 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 3 Ke yboar ds (Continued) F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in: Asia P acific, Au s t r a l i a , Hong K ong, the P eopleâ s Repub lic of China, and the United States Denmark Europe and the Netherlands Fr a n c e F rench Canada 367777-001 367777-081 367777-331 367777-051 367777-121 Italy Ko r e a Latin America Norwa y Sweden/Finland Spain Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom 367777-061 367777-AD1 367777-161 367777-091 367777-B71 367777-071 367777-AB1 367777-281 367777-031 4 LED boards (include cab le, not illustrated) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367797-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367798-001 5 T op cover s (include T ouchP ad) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367761-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 373529-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out ja ck, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 367762-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out ja ck, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 373531-001
3â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â11 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 6 Heat sink (includes ther mal pad) 367796-001 7 Fa n (includes ther mal pad) 367795-001 8 Processor s (include ther mal pad) Intel P entium M 745 (1.8 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 735 (1.7 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725A (1.6 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725 (1.6 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 715A (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 715 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 705 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 710 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 373053-001 373052-001 394825-001 367771-001 380690-001 383431-001 375979-001 376588-001 Intel Celeron M 340 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 370 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 360 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 330 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 350 (1.3 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 367768-001 383876-001 380033-001 367767-001 380032-001
3â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents , HP Com paq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â13 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 9 System boards (include disk cell R TC batter y) 855, f or use on full-f eatu red HP P avilion dv1000 models in countries other than Japan 381062-001 855, f or use on full-f eatu red HP P avilion dv1000 models in Japan 391884-001 852GM, f or use on full-f ea tured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Japan 381063-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel P entium M processors 367799-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 367800-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with Inte l P entium M processors 373522-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 373523-001 PC Car d assemblies Silv er with 1-dot PC Card eject le v er 385869-001 Black with 3-dot PC Card eject le ver 389524-001 Black with 1-dot PC Card eject le ver 389525-001 10 USB/S-Video controller boar ds F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models and HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and digital memor y card reader 367794-001 F or use only on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Vide o-out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 373533-001
3â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â15 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 11 Menu contr ol button boar d (includes brack et and cab le, f or use only on HP Pa vilion dv1000 computer models) 373535-001 12 Speaker assemblies F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367793-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 374625-001 13 Base enclosures F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367763-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367764-001 14 Battery packs 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 367760-001 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 367759-001 6-cell, 4.0-AHr 398065-001 15 Optical drives (include bezel) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr ive 367789-001 367790-001 373625-001 375981-001 375983-001 383877-001 383896-001
3â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents , HP Com paq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â17 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 15 Optical drives (Continued) F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr ive 373524-001 373525-001 373626-001 375982-001 375984-001 383878-001 389897-001 16 Hard drives (include fr ame and connector) 5400-r pm 80-GB 60-GB 377651-001 375980-001 4200-r pm 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 381721-001 367788-001 367787-001 367786-001
3â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Com put er Maj or Com ponents, HP P av ilion dv1000
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â19 Ta b l e 3 - 1 Spare P ar ts: Computer Major Components (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number 17 Mini PCI comm unications cards 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in the rest of the wor ld ) 802.11b/g Broadcomm (Japan, f or use only on HP Compaq nx4800 models) 802.11b Intel (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) Bluetooth® Wireless LAN 373047-001 373048-001 373061-291 373023-001 373024-001 373026-001 373025-001 376651-001 and 376652-001 18 Memory modules (266 MHz) 1024-MB 512-MB 256-MB 367775-001 367774-001 367773-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367765-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367766-001 19a 19b 19c Includes: Hard drive co ver (includes tw o captiv e screws) Memor y module compar tment cov er (includes 2 captiv e screw s) Mini PCI compar tment cov er (includes 2 captiv e screws) Computer f eet (not illustrated)
3â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog 3. 3 M iscellan eous P l a stic s Kit Miscellaneou s P lastics K it
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â21 T able 3-2 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P art Number Miscellaneous Plastics Kit F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367765-001 1a 2a 3a 4a Includes: Mini PCI compar tment cov er Memor y module compar tment cov er Computer f eet Hard drive co v er F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367766-001 1b 2b 3b 4b Includes: Mini PCI compar tment cov er Memor y module compar tment cov er Computer f eet Hard drive co v er
3â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog 3.4 M a s s S t ora g e D e vi c es Mass St or age De vi ces T able 3-3 Mass Storage De vices Spare P ar t Number Information Item Description Spare P art Number 1 Har d drives (include frame and connector) 5400-r pm 80-GB 60-GB 377651-001 375980-001
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 3 Har d drives (Continued) 4200-r pm 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 381721-001 367788-001 367787-001 367786-001 2 Optical drives F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Drive 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay e r Combo Drive 367789-001 367790-001 373625-001 375981-001 375983-001 383877-001 383896-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx48 00 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Drive 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay e r Combo Drive 373524-001 373525-001 373626-001 375982-001 375984-001 383878-001 389897-001 T able 3-3 Mass Storage De vices Spare P art Number Information (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number
3â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog USB diskette drive (not illustrated) 359118-001 USB digital drive (not illustrated) 364727-001 HP USB pocket drive (not illustr ated) 338796-001 T able 3-3 Mass Storage De vices Spare P art Number Information (Continued) Item Description Spare P art Number
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 5 3.5 Miscell aneous Ta b l e 3 - 4 Spare P ar ts: Miscellaneous (not illustrated) Description Spare P art Number Logo Kits F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 373058-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 373530-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 373059-001 Wired headset with v olume contr ol 371693-001 P ersonal Video Recor der 352950-001 HP remote control (f or use only on HP dv1000 computer models) 371694-001 USB travel mouse 309674-001 65-watt A C adapter 371790-001 Screw Kit (includes the f ollowing scre ws; ref er to Appendix C , âScre w Listing, â f or more inf ormation on screw specifications and usage) F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367776-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 373534-001 â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 round head screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM1.5Ã2.0 screw
3â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Po w e r c o r d s Fo r u s e i n : A ustralia and Ne w Zealand 373979-011 Belgium, Europe, Finland, F rance , Ger many , Greece , the Netherlands, Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 373979-021 Canada, F rench Canada, Latin Amer ica, T aiwan, Thailand, and the United States 373979-001 Denmark 373979-081 Hong K ong and the United Kingdom 373979-031 Israel 373979-BB1 Italy 373979-061 Japan 373979-291 K orea 373979-AD1 The P eopleâ s Republic of China 373979-AA1 Switzerland 373979-111 T aiw an 373979-AB1 Ta b l e 3 - 4 Spare P arts: Miscellaneous (not illustrated) (Continued) Description Spare P art Number
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 7 3.6 Sequ enti al P ar t Number Lis ting T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing Spare P art Number Description 309674-001 USB tra v el mouse 352950-001 P ersonal Video Recorder 359118-001 USB diskette driv e 364727-001 USB digital drive 367759-001 Batter y pack, 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 367760-001 Batter y pack, 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 367761-001 T op co v er f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models (includes T ouchP ad) 367762-001 T op co v er f or use on Comp aq Presario V200 0 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memory Reader (includes T ouchP ad) 367763-001 Base enclosure f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367764-001 Base enclosure f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367765-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367766-001 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367767-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 330 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 367768-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 340 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 367771-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 725 (1.6-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad)
3â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 367773-001 Memor y module, 256-MB (266 MHz) 367774-001 Memor y module, 512-MB (266 MHz) 367775-001 Memor y modu le , 1024-MB (266 MHz) 367776-001 Screw Kit f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models 367777-001 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in Asia P acific, A ustralia, Hong K ong, P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States 367777-031 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in the United Kingdom 367777-051 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Fr a n c e 367777-061 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in Italy 367777-071 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Spain 367777-081 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Denmark 367777-091 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Norwa y 367777-121 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in F rench Canada 367777-161 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in Latin America 367777-281 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Thailand 367777-291 K eyboard f or us e on HP Compaq nx4800 computer models in Jap a n T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â2 9 Spare P art Number Description 367777-331 K eyboard f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in the Netherlands 367777-AB1 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Ta i w a n 367777-AD1 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presario V2000 models in Ko r e a 367777-B71 K eyboard f or use on Comp aq Presar io V2000 models in Sweden/Finland 367778-001 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Asia P acific, A ustralia, Canada, Hong K ong, P eopleâ s Repub lic of China, and the United States 367778-031 K eyboard f o r use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in the United Kingdom 367778-041 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in Germany 367778-051 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in F rance 367778-061 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Italy 367778-071 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Spain 367778-081 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in Denmark 367778-091 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Norw a y 367778-111 K eyboard f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models in Switzerland 367778-121 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in F rench Canada 367778-131 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in P or tugal 367778-161 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Latin America T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 367778-171 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Saudi Arabia 367778-281 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in Thailand 367778-331 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Europe and the Netherlands 367778-A41 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models in Belgium 367778-AB1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in T aiwan 367778-AD1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in K orea 367778-B71 K eyboard f or use on HP P avi lion dv1000 models Finland and Sweden 367778-BB1 K eyboard f or use on HP Pa vilion dv1000 models in Israel 367778-DJ1 K eyboard f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models in Greece 367779-001 Switch cov er for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jac k, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader without wireless capability 367780-001 Switch cov er for use on HP P avilion dv1000 models without wireless capability 367781-001 Switch cov er for use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with wireless capability 367782-001 Switch cov er for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion po r t, and Memor y Reader with wireless capability 367783-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inch, WXGA f or use on f or use on HP P a vilion dv1000 models T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â31 Spare P art Number Description 367784-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inch, WXGA f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 367786-001 Hard drive , 60-GB , 4200-r pm (includes frame and connector) 367787-001 Hard drive , 40-GB , 4200-r pm (includes frame and connector) 367788-001 Hard drive , 80-GB , 4200-r pm (includes frame and connector) 367789-001 8X D VD-ROM Drive f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367790-001 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367793-001 Speaker assemb ly for us e on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367794-001 USB/S-Video controller board f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models and HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion po r t, and digital memor y card reader 367795-001 F an (includes ther mal pad) 367796-001 Heat sink (i ncludes ther mal pad) 367797-001 LED board f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models (includes cable) 367798-001 LED board f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models (includes cable) 367799-001 System board f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel P entium M processors 367800-001 System board f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 371693-001 Wired headset with v olume control T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 371694-001 HP remote control (f or use only on HP dv1000 computer models) 371790-001 65-watt A C adapter 373023-001 Mini PCI communi cations card, 802.11b In tel (f or use in most of the world) 373024-001 Mini PCI communi cations card, 802.11b In tel (f or use in the rest of the world) 373025-001 Mini PCI communi cations card, 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) 373026-001 Mini PCI communi cations card, 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in most of the world) 373047-001 Mini PCI comm unications card, 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in most of the world) 373048-001 Mini PCI comm unications card, 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in the rest of the world) 373052-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 735 (1.7-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 373053-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 745 (1.8-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 373054-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inc h, WXGA, SV A with Br ightview f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 373055-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inc h, WXGA, SV A with Br ightview f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 373058-001 Logo Kit f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 373059-001 Logo Kit f or use on Co mpaq Presario V2000 models 373060-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0-inc h, WXGA, SV A with Br ightview f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 3 Spare P art Number Description 373061-001 Mini PCI co mm unications card, 802.11b/g Broadcomm (Japan) 373522-001 System board f or us e on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel P entium M processors 373523-001 System board f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 373524-001 8X D VD-ROM Drive f or us e on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 373525-001 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Comp aq Presario V2000 models 373528-001 Displa y assembly , 14.0 -inch, WXGA, SV A f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 373529-001 T op co v er f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models (includes T ouchP ad) 373530-001 Logo Kit f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 373531-001 T op co v er f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack , e xpansion por t, and Memory Reader (includes T ouchP ad) 373532-001 Switch cov er for use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without wireless (includes wireless bu tton and light) 373533-001 USB/S-Video controller board f or use only on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader 373534-001 Screw Kit f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 373535-001 Menu control b utton board (includes brack et and cable, f or use only on HP P avilion dv1000 computer models) T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 373625-001 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 373626-001 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 373979-001 P ower cord f or use in Cana da, F rench Canada, Latin Amer ica, T aiw an, Thailand, and the United States 373979-011 P ower cord f or use in A ustralia and Ne w Zealand 373979-021 P ower cord f or use in Belgium, Europe, Finland, F rance, Ger many , Greece , the Netherlands, Norwa y , P or tugal, Spain, and Sweden 373979-031 P ower cord f or use in A u stralia, Hong K ong, New Zealand, and the United Kingdom 373979-061 P ower cord f or use in Italy 373979-081 P ower cord f or use in Denmark 373979-111 P ower cord f or use in Switzerland 373979-291 P ower cord f or use in Japan 373979-AA1 P ower cord f or use in P eopleâ s Republic of China 373979-AB1 P ower cord f or use in T aiwan 373979-AD1 P ower cord f or use in K orea 373979-BB1 P ower cord f or use in Israel 374625-001 Speaker assemb ly for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 375979-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 710 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 375980-001 Hard drive , 60-GB , 5400-r pm (includes frame and connector) T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Illustr ated P ar ts Catalog Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 3â3 5 Spare P art Number Description 375981-001 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 375982-001 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 375983-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 375984-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 376588-001 Processor , Intel P entium 705 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 376651-001 Mini PCI comm unications card, Bluetooth Wireless LAN 376652-001 Mini PCI comm unications card, Bluetooth Wireless LAN 377651-001 Hard drive , 80-GB , 5400-r pm (includes frame and connector) 380032-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 350 (1.3-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 380033-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 360 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 380690-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 715A (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 381062-001 855 system board f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in countrie s other than Japan 381063-001 852GM system board f or us e on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Japan 381721-001 Hard drive , 100-GB , 4200-r pm (include s fr ame and connector) 382077-001 Left and right display hing e co v ers and brac kets f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
3â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Illustrated P ar ts Catalog Spare P art Number Description 382078-001 Left and right display hing e co v ers and brac kets f or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario models 383431-001 Processor , Intel P entium M 715 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 385869-001 PC Card assembly , silv er , with 1-dot PC Card eject button 383876-001 Processor , Intel Celero n M 370 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 383877-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe, f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 383878-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Dr iv e, LightScribe, f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 389524-001 PC Card assembly , b lack, with 3-dot PC Card eject b utton 389525-001 PC Card assembly , b lack, with 1-dot PC Card eject b utton 389896-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr iv e f or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 389897-001 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual Lay er Combo Dr iv e f or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 391884-001 855 system board f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Ja pan 394186-001 EMI Gasket Ki t f or use on all models 395825-001 Processor , Intel P e ntium M 725A (1.6-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB (includes ther mal pad) 398065-001 6-cell, 4.0-AHr batter y pac k T able 3-5 Spare P ar ts: Sequential P ar t Number Listing (Continued)
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â1 4 Remo v al an d Repl acem ent Preliminaries This chapter provides essential information for proper and safe remov al and replacement service. 4. 1 T oo ls Required Y ou will need the following tools to complete the remo val and replacement procedures: â Magnetic scre wdri ver â Phillips P0 scre wdri v er â 5.0-mm socket for system board scre wlocks â Flat-bladed scre wdri v er â T ool kitâincludes connector remov al tool, loopback plugs, and case utility tool 4.2 Ser vice C onsidera tions The follo wing sections include some of the considerations that you should keep in mind during disassembly and assembly procedures. â As you remov e each subassembly from the computer , place the subassembly (and all accompanying scre ws) away from the work area to pre vent damage.
4â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es Pl a s t i c P a r t s Using excessi ve force during disassembly and reassembly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. C abl es and Conn ec tors à CA UTION: When servic ing th e computer , ensure that cables are placed in their pr oper locations dur ing the reas sembl y proce ss . Impr oper cable placement can damage the com puter . Cables must be handled with extreme care to a void damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during remov al and insertion. Handle cables by the connector whene ver possible. In all cases, a void bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Ensure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged b y parts being removed or replaced. Handle flex cables w ith e xtreme care; these cables tear easily . 4. 3 Pr e v enti ng Da mage t o R emo v able D ri v es Remov able dri ves are fragile components that must be handled with care. T o prev ent damage to the computer , damage to a remov able dri ve, or loss of information, observ e the follo wing precautions: â Before removing or inserting a hard dri ve, shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. â Before removing a disk ette dri v e or optical dri ve, ensure that a diskette or disc is not in the dri ve and ensure that the optical dri ve tray is closed.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminaries Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â3 â Before handling a dri ve, ensure that you are dischar ged of static electricity . While handling a driv e, a v oid touching the connector . â Handle dri ves on surf aces co vered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. â A void dropping dri ves from any height onto an y surface. â After removing a hard dri ve, CD-R OM dri ve, or a disk ette dri ve, place it in a static-proof bag. â A void exposing a hard dri ve to products that ha ve magnetic f ields, such as monitors or speakers. â A void exposing a dri ve to temperature e xtremes or liquids. â If a dri ve must be mailed, place the dri ve in a b ubble pack mailer or other suitable form of protecti ve packaging and label the package, âFRA GILE: Handle W ith Care. â 4.4 Pr e v entin g Elec trosta tic Dam ag e Many electronic components are sensiti ve to electrostatic dischar ge (ESD). Circuitry design and structure determine the degree of sensiti vity . Networks b uilt into man y integrated circuits provide some protection, b ut in many cases, the dischar ge contains enough po wer to alter de vice parameters or melt silicon junctions. A sudden dischar ge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-sensiti ve de vices or microcircuitry . Often the spark is neither felt nor heard, b ut damage occurs. An electronic de vice e xposed to electrostatic discharge might not be af fected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the de vice might function normally for a while, then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life e xpectancy .
4â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.5 P a c k agin g and T ranspor ting Precautions Use the follo wing grounding precautions when packaging and transporting equipment: â T o av oid hand contact, transport products in static-safe containers, such as tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect all electrostatic-sensiti ve parts and assemblies with conducti ve or appro ved containers or packaging. â K eep electrostatic-sensiti v e parts in their containers until the parts arri ve at static-free w orkstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before remo ving items from their containers. â Alw ays be properly grounded when touching a sensiti ve component or assembly . â Store reusable electrostatic-sensiti ve parts from assemblies in protecti ve packaging or nonconducti ve foam. â Use transporters and con ve yors made of antistatic belts and roller b ushings. Ensure that mechanized equipment used for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials are selected to a v oid static charging. When grounding is not possible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges.
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminaries Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â5 4.6 W orks tation Precau tions Use the follo wing grounding precautions at workstations: â Cov er the workstation with approv ed static-shielding material (refer to T able 4-2, âStatic-Shielding Materialsâ ). â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conducti ve f ield service tools, such as cutters, scre wdri vers, and v acuums. â When using f ixtures that must directly contact dissipati ve surfaces, only use f ixtures made of static-safe materials. â K eep the work area free of nonconducti ve materials, such as ordinary plastic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle electrostatic-sensiti ve components, parts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â A void contact with pins, leads, or circuitry . â T urn of f po wer and input signals before inserting or removing connectors or test equipment.
4â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr eliminari es 4.7 Groundin g Eq uip ment an d Methods Grounding equipment must include either a wrist strap or a foot strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connected to a grounded system. Wrist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. T o pro vide proper ground, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all times. On grounded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligator clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a grounded floor mat. Foot straps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing workstations and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conducti ve floors or dissipati ve floor mats, use foot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and ground. T o be effecti ve, the conducti ve strips must be w o rn in contact with the skin. Other grounding equipment recommended for use in pre v enting electrostatic damage includes: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and slee ve protectors â Conducti ve bins and other assembly or soldering aids â Nonconducti ve foam â Conducti ve tabletop w orkstations with ground cords of one megohm resistance â Static-dissipati ve tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static aw areness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconducti ve plastic bags, tubes, or box es â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic v oltage le vels and protecti ve materials
Re mov al and Replacement Pr eliminaries Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 4â7 T able 4-1 shows ho w humidity af fects the electrostatic voltage le ve ls generated by dif ferent activities. T able 4-2 lists the shielding protection provided b y antistatic bags and floor mats. Ta b l e 4 - 1 T ypical Electrostatic V oltage Levels Relative Humidity Event 10% 40% 5 5% W alking across car pet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V W alking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vin yl tra y 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrof oam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing b ubb le pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V P acking PCBs in f oam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V â A product can be degraded by as little as 700 V. Ta b l e 4 - 2 Static-Shielding Materials Material Use V oltage Protection Level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic F loor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â1 5 Remo v al an d Repl acem ent Pr ocedure s This chapter provides remo val and replacement procedures. There are as many as 58 scre ws, in 7 dif ferent sizes and types, that may need to be remov ed, replaced, or loosened when servicing the computer . Make special note of each scre w size and location during remov al and replacement. Refer to Appendix C, âScre w Listing, â for detailed information on scre w sizes, locations, and usage.
5â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 Serial N umber Report the computer serial number to HP when requesting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is located on the bottom of the computer . Ser ial Number Location
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 .2 Disassem bl y Se quence C hart Use the chart belo w to determine the section number to be referenced when removing computer components. Disassembl y Sequence Char t Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.3 Preparing the Computer for Disassemb ly Batter y pack 0 5.4 Hard Drive 2 to remov e hard dr ive 4 to disassemble hard driv e 5.5 Computer F eet 0 5.6 Memor y Module 2 loosened 5.7 Mini PCI Communications Card 1 loosened à T o pre vent an unresponsiv e system and the displa y of a warning message, install only a Mini PCI de vice author ized f or use in the computer by the gov er nmental agency that regulates wireless de vices in y our countr y . If you install a de vice and then receiv e a warning message, remov e the de vice to restore computer functionality . Then contact Customer Care. 5.8 Optical Drive 1 5.9 Switch Cov er HP P avilion dv1000 = 3 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 = 2 5.10 Key b o a r d HP P avilion dv1000 = 2 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 = 4
5â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 .3 Preparing t he C omp uter for Di sassem bl y Before you begin an y remov al or installation procedures: 1. Shut do wn the computer . If you are unsure whether the computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it do wn through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external de vices connected to the computer . 3. Disconnect the po wer cord. Section Description # of Screws Remo ved 5.11 Displa y Assemb ly 4 5.12 Base Enclosure HP P a vilion dv1000 = 19 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 = 18 5.13 USB/S-Video Controller Board 2 5.14 Speak er Assembly 0 5.15 RT C B a t t e r y 0 5.16 Menu Control Button Board 4 5.17 Heat Sink 3 5.18 Fa n 2 5.19 Processor 0 5.20 System Board 4 5.21 LED Board HP P avilion dv1000 = 3 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 = 2 Disassembl y Sequence Char t (Continued)
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 4. Remov e the battery pack by follo wing these steps: a. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. b . Slide and hold the battery release latch 1 to the left. (The front edge of the battery pack disengages from the computer .) c. Lift the front edge of the battery pack 2 and swing it back. d. Remov e the battery pack. R emo v ing the Battery P ack Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the battery pack. Battery P ack Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation 12-cell, 8.8-AHr 6-cell, 4.4-AHr 6-cell, 4.0-AHr 367760-001 367759-001 398065-001
5â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 .4 Hard Driv e Har d Drive Spare P art Number Information 5400-r pm 80-GB 60-GB 377651-001 375980-001 4200-r pm 100-GB 80-GB 60-GB 40-GB 381721-001 367788-001 367787-001 367786-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â7 1. Loosen the two PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the hard dri v e cov er to the computer . 2. Lift the left side of the cov er 2 and swing it to the right. 3. Remov e the hard driv e co ver . â The hard dri ve co ver is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 367765-001 (for use on HP Pavilion dv1000 models) and 367766-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models). R emo v ing the Har d Dr i v e Co ver
5â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 4. Grasp the mylar tab 1 on the left side of the hard dri v e and lift the hard dri ve 2 until it disconnects from the computer . 5. Slide the hard dri v e to the le ft and remov e it from the hard dri v e bay . R emo v ing the Har d Dr i v e
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â9 6. Remov e the four PM2.5Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the hard dri ve frame to the hard dri ve. 7. Lift the frame 2 to remov e if from the hard dri ve. 8. Slide the hard dri v e connector 3 of f the hard dri ve. R emo v ing the Har d Dr i v e F r ame and Co nnector Re v erse the abov e procedure to install and reassemble the hard dri ve.
5â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 5 C o m p u t e r F e e t The computer feet are adhesi v e-backed rubber pads. The feet are included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 367765-001 (for use on HP Pavilion dv1000 models) and 367766-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models). The feet attach to the base enclosure as illustrated belo w . Re p la ci n g t h e Co m pu t er Fee t 5. 6 M e m o r y M o d u l e Memory Module Spare P ar t Number Inf ormation 1024-MB 512-MB 256-MB 367775-001 367774-001 367773-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â11 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly (refer to Section 5.3 ). 2. Loosen the two PM2.0Ã5.0 scre ws 1 that secure the memory module compartment cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the front edge of the memory module compartment cove r 2 and swing it back. 4. Remov e the memory module compartment cover . â The memory module compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 367765-001 (for use on HP Pavilion dv1000 models) and 367766-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models). R emo v ing the Memor y Module Co mpartment Co v er
5â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. Spread the retaining tabs 1 on each side of the memory module socket to release the memory module. (The right side of the module rises aw ay from the computer .) 6. Slide the module 2 aw ay from the socket at an angle. â Memory modules are designed with slots to pre v ent incorrect installation into the memory module socket. R emo v ing the Memor y Module Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a memory module.
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â13 5 .7 M ini P CI Comm unica tions Card 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Mini PCI Comm unications Card Spare P ar t Number Information 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b/g Broadcomm (f or use in the rest of the w orld) 802.11b/g Broadcomm (Japan, f or use only on HP Compaq nx4800 models) 802.11b Intel (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in most of the world) 802.11b/g Intel (f or use in the rest of the world) Bluetooth Wireless LAN 373047-001 373048-001 373061-291 373023-001 373024-001 373026-001 373025-001 376651-001 and 376652-001
5â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 2. Loosen the PM2.0Ã5.0 scre w 1 that secures the Mini PCI compartment cov er to the computer . 3. Lift the rear edge of the Mini PCI compartment cov er 2 , and then swing it forward. 4. Remov e the Mini PCI compartment cover . â The Mini PCI compartment cov er is included in the Miscellaneous Plastics Kits, spare part numbers 367765-001 (for use on HP Pavilion dv1000 models) and 367766-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models). R emo v ing the Mini P CI Com partment Co v er
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â15 â Make note of which wireless antenna cable is attached to which antenna clip on the Mini PCI communications card before disconnecting the cables. 5. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables 1 from the Mini PCI communications card. 6. Spread the two retaining tabs 2 that secure the Mini PCI communications card to the communications compartment socket. (The board rises up). 7. Remov e the wireless communications card 3 by pulling the board aw ay from the socket at a 45-de gree angle. R emo v ing a Mini P CI Communi catio ns Car d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a Mini PCI communications card.
5â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 .8 Optical Driv e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Optical Drive Spare P art Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Driv e 367789-001 367790-001 373625-001 375981-001 375983-001 383877-001 383896-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 8X D VD-ROM Drive 24X D VD/CD-RW Combo Driv e 4X D VD RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 4X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Combo Drive, LightScribe 8X D VD±RW/R and CD-R W Dual La yer Combo Driv e 373524-001 373525-001 373626-001 375982-001 375984-001 383878-001 389897-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â17 2. Remov e the PM2.0Ã7.0 screw 1 that secures the optical dri v e to the computer . 3. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper clip, into the media tray release hole 2 . (The optical dri ve media tray releases from the optical dri ve.) 4. Use the media tray frame to slide the optical dri v e 3 out of the computer . 5. Remov e the optical driv e. R emo v ing the Optical Dr iv e Re v erse the abov e procedure to install an optical dri ve.
5â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 9 Sw i t c h C ove r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Position the computer with the rear panel to ward you. Switch Co ver Spare Part Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with wireless capability 367781-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models without wireless capability 367780-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video- out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader with wireless capability 367782-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video- out jack, e xpansion por t, and Memor y Reader without wireless capability 367779-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpans ion por t, and Memor y Reader 373532-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â19 â Steps 3 through 9 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 10 through 14 in this section for information on removing the switch co v er on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 3. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the switch cov er to the computer . R emo v ing the S witc h Co ver Sc r ew s, HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only
5â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 4. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 5. Open the computer as far as possible. 6. Insert a flat-blade scre wdri ver 1 under the outside edges of the display hinge cov ers. 7. Lift the outside edges of the hinge cov ers 2 until the switch cov er disengages from the computer . R eleasing the S witc h Co v er , HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â21 8. Swing the rear edge of the switch cov er forw ard. R emo v ing the S wit ch C o v er , HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only 9. Remov e the switch cover .
5â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 10 through 14 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 10. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the switch cov er to the computer . R emo v ing the S witc h Co v er Sc r e w s, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 3 11. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 12. Open the computer as far as possible. 13. Insert a flat-blade scre wdri ve r into the slots located behind the F1, F5, F11, and insert ke ys 1 and lift the front edge of the switch cov er 2 until it disengages from the computer . 14. Remov e the switch cover . R emo v ing the S witc h Co v er , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the switch cov er .
5â2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 1 0 Ke y b o a r d 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). Ke yboard Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models in: Asia P acific, A ustralia, Hong K ong, the P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States Belgium Denmark F rance F rench Canada Ger many Greece Israel Italy 367778-001 367778-A41 367778-081 367778-051 367778-121 367778-041 367778-DJ1 367778-BB1 367778-061 Ko r e a Latin America Europe and the Netherlands Norwa y P or tugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sweden/Finland Switzerland Ta i w a n Thailand United Kingdom 367778-AD1 367778-161 367778-331 367778-091 367778-131 367778-171 367778-071 367778-B71 367778-111 367778-AB1 367778-281 367778-031 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models in J apan 3677777-291 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models in: Asia P acific, Au s t ra l i a , Hong K ong, the P eopleâ s Republic of China, and the United States Denmark Europe and the Netherlands F rance F rench Canada 367777-001 367777-081 367777-331 367777-051 367777-121 Italy Ko r e a Latin America Norwa y Sweden/Finland Spain Ta i w a n Thailand The United Kingdom 367777-061 367777-AD1 367777-161 367777-091 367777-B71 367777-071 367777-AB1 367777-281 367777-031
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 5 2. Remov e the optical driv e ( Section 5.8 ). 3. Remov e the switch cover ( Section 5.9 ). 4. Close the computer . 5. T urn the computer upside do wn with the rear panel to ward you. â Steps 6 through 11 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 12 through 15 in this section for information on removing the k eyboard on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 6. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 screws that secure the k eyboard to the computer . R emo v ing the K e y boar d Sc r e w s, HP P av ilion d v1000 models Onl y
5â2 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 7. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 8. Open the computer as far as possible. 9. Lift the rear edge of the ke yboard and swing it forward until it rests on the palm rest. R eleasing the K e y board , HP P av ilion dv1000 models Onl y
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 7 10. Release the zero insertion force (ZIF) connector 1 to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the ke yboard cable 2 from the system board. Disconnecting the K ey board C able , HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only 11. Remov e the keyboard.
5â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 12 through 15 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 12. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã3.0 screws 1 that secure the ke yboard to the computer . 13. Swing the rear edge of the ke yboard 2 up and forward until it rests on the palm rest. R eleasing the K e y board , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â2 9 14. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the ke yboard cable is connected and disconnect the ke yboard cable 2 from the system board. Disconnecting the K ey board C able , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y 15. Remov e the keyboard. Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the ke yboard.
5â30 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 1 Displa y Assem bl y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ). 2. Remov e the memory module compartment ( Section 5.6 ) and Mini PCI compartment cov ers ( Section 5.7 ). Displa y Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373054-001 367783-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373060-001 373528-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A with Brightview 14.0-inch, WXGA 373055-001 367784-001 Left and right display hinge co v ers and brac k ets F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario models 382077-001 382078-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â31 3. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the Mini PCI communications card. Disc onne cting the Wir eless Ant enna Cab les 4. Remov e the wireless antenna cables from the Mini PCI and memory module compartments. 5. Remov e the switch cover ( Section 5.9 ). 6. Remov e the keyboard ( Section 5.10 ). 7. T urn the computer display-side up with the front panel to ward you. 8. Open the display as far as possible.
5â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 9. Disconnect the display cable 1 from the system board. 10. Remov e the tape 2 that secures the wireless antenna cables to the top cov er . 11. Remov e the cables from the clips 3 in the top co ver . Disconnecting the Dis pla y Cable and R emov ing the Wir eless Ante nna Cab les
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 3 â Steps 12 and 13 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 14 and 15 in this section for information on removing the display assembly on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. Ã CA UTION: Support the display as sembl y w hen r emo v ing the fo llo w ing sc r e ws . Failur e to support the display as sembl y can r esult in damage to the displa y assembl y and other computer components . 12. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã7.0 round head screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 13. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Display As sembly , HP P a v ilion d v1000 models Only
5â34 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 14 and 15 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. Ã CA UTION: Support the display as sembl y w hen r emo v ing the fo llo w ing sc r e ws . Failur e to support the display as sembl y can r esult in damage to the displa y assembl y and other computer components . 14. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer . 15. Remov e the display assembly 2 . R emo v ing the Displa y Asse mbly , HP Comp aq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the display assembly
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 5 5. 1 2 B a s e E n c l o s u r e 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) Base Enc losure Spare P art Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367763-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367764-001
5â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 2 through 7 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 8 and 9 in this section for information on removing the base enclosure on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 2. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã7.0 screws that secure the base enclosure to the computer R emo v ing the Base Enc losur e Scr ew s, P a rt 1, HP P a v ilion d v 1000 models Only
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 7 3. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. 4. Remov e the following: 1 Fourteen PM2.0Ã7.0 scre ws 2 One PM2.0Ã5.0 scre w 3 T wo PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws R emo v ing the Base Enc losur e Scr ew s, P ar t 2 , HP P av ilion d v1000 models Only
5â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. Swing the rear edge of the base enclosure 1 straight up and forward until it rests at an angle. 6. Slide the base enclosure 2 back at an angle. 7. Remov e the base enclosure. R emo v ing the Base Enc losur e, HP P av ilion dv1000 models Onl y
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â3 9 â Steps 8 and 9 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 8. Remov e the following: 1 Fifteen PM2.0Ã7.0 scre ws 2 Three PM2.0Ã4.0 scre ws 9. Lift the base enclosure 3 straight up and remov e it. R emo v ing the Base Enc losur e, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the base enclosure.
5â40 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 3 USB/S - Video C ontr oll er Board 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) USB/S-Video Contr oller Board Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv 1000 models and HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Pres ario V2000 models with a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpansion por t, and digital memor y card reader 367794-001 F or use only on Compaq Presario V2000 models without a 1394 por t, S-Video-out jack, e xpans ion por t, and Memor y Reader 373533-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â41 2. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the USB/S-V ideo controller board to the top cov er . 3. Lift the right side of the board 2 to disconnect it from the system board. 4. Remov e the USB/S-V ideo controller board. R emo v ing the USB/S-V ideo Contr oller Board Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the USB/S-V ideo controller board.
5â4 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 4 Spe ak er Assem bl y 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) Speaker Assembl y Spare P ar t Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367793-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 374625-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â43 2. Disconnect the speaker cable 1 from the system board. 3. Lift the speaker 2 and remo v e it from the top cov er . R emo v ing the Speak er Assembl y Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the speaker assembly .
5â44 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 1 5 R TC B a t t e r y â The R TC battery is included with the system board. Refer to Section 5.20, âSystem Board, â for more information. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) 2. Remov e the R TC battery from the socket on the system board. R emo v ing the R T C Battery Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the R TC battery .
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 5 5 . 1 6 Menu Contr ol But to n Boa rd â This section applies only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) 2. Position the top cov er with the front panel tow ard you. Menu Contr o l Button Boar d Spare P ar t Number Information Menu control b utton board (inclu des brac ket and cable) 373535-001
5â46 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 3. Remov e the tape 1 that secures the menu control b utton board cable to the system board. 4. Release the ZIF connector 2 to which the menu control b utton board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 3 . Disconnecting the Men u Contr ol Button Board C able
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5 â4 7 5. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã3.0 screws 1 that secure the menu control b utton board and shield to the top cov er . 6. Remov e the menu control button board shield 2 and board 3 . R emo v ing the Menu Co ntr ol Button Boar d and Shield Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the menu control b utton board and shield.
5â4 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 . 1 7 Heat Sink 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. Heat Sink Spare P art Number Information Heat sink (includes ther mal pad) 367796-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â4 9 3. Disconnect the fan cable from the system board 1 . 4. Remov e the three PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 2 that secure the heat sink to the top cov er . 5. Remov e the heat sink 3 . R emo v ing the Heat Sink Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the heat sink.
5â5 0 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 1 8 F a n 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) â Heat sink ( Section 5.17 ) 2. T urn the heat sink upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. F an Spare P art Number Information F an (includes ther mal pad) 367795-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â51 3. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 1 that secure the f an to the heat sink. 4. Remov e the fan 2 . R emo v ing the F an Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the fan.
5â5 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 1 9 P r o c e s s o r 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remo ve the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosure ( Section 5.12 ) â Heat sink ( Section 5.17 ) Pr ocessor Spare P a rt Number Information Intel P entium M 745 (1.8-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 735 (1.7-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725A (1.6 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 725 (1.6-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 715A (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 715 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 705 (1.5-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel P entium M 710 (1.4-GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 373053-001 373052-001 394825-001 367771-001 380690-001 383431-001 375979-001 376588-001 Intel Celeron M 340 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 370 (1.5 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 360 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 330 (1.4 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB Intel Celeron M 350 (1.3 -GHz) with 400-MHz FSB 367768-001 383876-001 380033-001 367767-001 380032-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 3 2. T urn the processor locking scre w 1 ¼-turn counterclockwise until you feel a click. 3. Lift the processor 2 straight up and remov e it. â Note that the gold triangle 3 on the processor should be aligned in the front right corner when you install the processor. R emo v ing the Pr ocess or Re v erse the abov e procedure to install a processor .
5â54 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5. 2 0 Sys t e m B o a r d â All system board spares kits include a disk cell R TC battery . System Boar d Spare P art Number Information 855, f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in countries other than Japan 381062-001 855, f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Ja pan 391884-001 852GM, f or use on full-f eatured HP P avilion dv1000 models in Ja pan 381063-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel P entium M processors 367799-001 F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 367800-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel P entium M processors 373522-001 F or use on Compaq Presario V2000 models with Intel Celeron M processors 373523-001 PC Card assemb lies Silv er with 1-dot PC Card eject le v er 385869-001 Black with 3-dot PC Card eject le ver 389524-001 Black with 1-dot PC Card eject le ver 389525-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 5 â When replacing the system board, ensure that the follo wing components are remov ed from the defectiv e system board and installed on the replacement system board: â Memory modules ( Section 5.6 ) â Mini PCI communications card ( Section 5.7 ) â R TC battery ( Section 5.15) â Menu control b utton board ( Section 5.16 ) â Heat sink ( Section 5.17 ) â Fan ( Section 5.18 ) â Processor ( Section 5.19 ) 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remov e the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosoure ( Section 5.12 ) â USB/S-V ideo controller board ( Section 5.13 ) â Speaker assembly ( Section 5.14 ) 2. T urn the top cov er right side up with the front panel to ward you.
5â5 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 3. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the T ouchPad cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. Disconnecting the T ouc hP ad Cable
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 7 4. T urn the top cov er upside down with the front panel to ward you. â Steps 5 and 6 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 7 and 8 in this section for information on removing the system board on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the LED board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 3 that secure the system board to the top cov er . Disconnecting the LED Boar d Cable and R emov ing the S y stem Boar d Sc r e ws , HP P av ilion dv1000 models Onl y
5â5 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 7 and 8 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 7. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the LED board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 8. Remov e the four PM2.0Ã4.0 screws 3 that secure the system board to the top cov er . Disconnecting the LED Boar d Cable and R emov ing the S y stem Boar d Sc r e w s, HP C ompaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar i o V2000 models Only
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â5 9 9. Flex and hold the left edge of the top co v er 1 to the left. 10. Lift the left side of the system board 2 until the USB 3 and 1394 connectors 4 are clear . R eleasing the S ys tem Boar d, P art 1
5â60 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 11. Release the left edge of the top cov er . 12. Flex and hold the front edge of the top co ver 1 forward. 13. Lift the front of the system board 2 until the audio connectors 3 are clear . R eleasing the S ys tem Boar d, P art 2
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â61 14. Release the front edge of the top cov er . 15. Slide the system board to the left at an angle and remov e it from the top cov er . R emo v ing the S ys tem Boar d Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the system board.
5â6 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s 5 .2 1 LED Board â 1. Prepare the computer for disassembly ( Section 5.3 ) and remov e the follo wing components: â Hard dri v e ( Section 5.4 ) â Optical dri v e ( Section 5.8 ) â Switch cov er ( Section 5.9 ) â K e yboard ( Section 5.10 ) â Display assembly ( Section 5.11 ) â Base enclosoure ( Section 5.12 ) â USB/S-V ideo controller board ( Section 5.13 ) â Speaker assembly ( Section 5.14 ) â System board ( Section 5.20 ) 2. T urn the computer upside do wn with the front panel to ward you. LED Boar d Spare P art Number Information F or use on HP P avilion dv1000 models 367797-001 F or use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models 367798-001
Re mov a l and R eplacement Pr ocedures Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 5â6 3 â Steps 3 and 4 apply only to HP Pa vilion dv1000 models. See steps 5 and 6 in this section for information on removing the LED board on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 3. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the LED board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 4. Remov e the three PM1.5Ã2.0 screws 3 that secure the LED board to the top cov er . R emo v ing the LED Boar d Sc r e ws , HP P av ilion dv1000 models Onl y
5â64 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Re mo val and R eplacement Pr ocedure s â Steps 5 and 6 apply only to HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models. 5. Release the ZIF connector 1 to which the LED board cable is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 6. Remov e the two PM2.0Ã3.0 screws 3 that secure the LED board to the top cov er . R emo v ing the LED Boar d Sc r e ws , HP Compaq nx4 800 and Compaq Pr esar io V2000 models Onl y 7. Remov e the LED board. Re v erse the abov e procedure to install the LED board.
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â1 6 Spec ifica tions This chapter provides physical and performance specif ications. Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer Dimensions HP P avilion dv1000 Height (v aries from front to back) Width Depth 3.01 cm to 3.86 cm 23.46 cm 33.40 cm 1.19 in to 1.52 in 9.24 in 13.15 in HP Compaq nx4800 and Co mpaq Presario V2000 Height (v aries from front to back) Width Depth 3.29 cm to 3.89 cm 23.06 cm 33.40 cm 1.30 in to 1.53 in 9.08 in 13.15 in W eight (varies by configuration) HP P avilion dv1000 HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 2.44 kg 2.39 kg 5.38 lb 5.26 lb Stand-alone power requirements Nominal operating v oltage P eak operating pow er 18.5 V dc @ 3.5a - 65 W 3.5 A
6â2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T emperature Operating* Nonoperating 0°C to 35°C -20°C to 60°C 32°F to 95°F -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating 10% to 90% 5% to 95%, 38.7°C (101.6°F) maximum wet b ulb temperature Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating (14.7 to 10.1 psia) Nonoperating (14.7 to 4.4 psia) -15 m to 3,048 m -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating Nonoperating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random Vibration Operating Nonoperating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min s weep r ate 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.5 oct/min s weep r ate â Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. * F or HP Compaq nx4800 only: Operating (not writing to optical disc) Operating (writing to optical disc) Nonoperating 0°C to 35°C 5°C to 35°C -20°C to 60°C 32°F to 95°F 41°F to 95°F -4°F to 140°F Ta b l e 6 - 1 Computer (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â3 Ta b l e 6 - 2 14.0-inch, WXGA, SV A Displa y Dimensions Height Width Diagonal 27.94 cm 20.83 cm 35.56 cm 11.0 in 8.2 in 14.0 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 250:1 Brightness 180 nits typical Pixel resolution Pitch Fo r ma t Configuration 0.279 à 0.279 mm 1280 à 768 RGB v er tical str ipe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 T otal power consumption 4 W Viewing angle /-40° horizontal, 20/-40° v er tical typical
6â4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 3 Har d Drives 80-GB 60-GB 60-GB 40-GB Dimensions Height Width We i g h t 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 102 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g 9.5 mm 70 mm 99 g Interface type ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 ATA - 5 T ransfer rate Synchronous (maximum) Security 100 MB/sec A T A secur ity 100 MB/sec A T A secur ity 100 MB/sec ATA s e c u r i t y 100 MB/sec ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single trac k Ave ra g e Maximum 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms 3 ms 13 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks â 156,301,488 117,210,240 117,210,240 78,140,160 Disk rotational speed 5400 r pm 5400 r pm 4200 r pm 4200 r pm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) â Certain restrictions and exclusi ons apply. Consult Customer Care for details. *1 GB = 1 billion by tes when ref erring to hard drive stor age capacity . Accessible capacity is less. â Actual drive specificatio ns ma y diff er slightly .
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â5 Ta b l e 6 - 4 Primary 6-cell, Li-Ion Batter y P ack Dimensions Height Width Depth We i g h t 2.00 cm 9.40 cm 13.40 cm 0.34 kg 0.79 in 3.70 in 5.28 in 0.75 lb Energ y V oltage Amp-hour capacity W att-hour capacity 11.1 V 4.4 AHr 48 WHr T emperature Operating Nonoperating 5°C to 45°C 0°C to 60°C 41°F to 113°F 32°F to 140°F
6â6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 5 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disk Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and mult ise ssio n) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â7 Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 110 ms < 210 ms < 130 ms < 225 ms A udio output level Line-out, 0.7 V rms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 5 24X D VD/CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â8 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 6 4X D VD R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disk Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and mult ise ssio n) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W D VD-R and D VD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â9 Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 175 ms < 285 ms < 230 ms < 335 ms A udio output level A udio-out, 0.7 Vr ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (16X) CD-R W (8X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) D VD-R (4X) DV D - R W ( 2 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 2,400 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1,200 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3,600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 5,400 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 2,700 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 6 4X D VD R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 7 4X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disk Read: D VD-R, D VD-R W , D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-ROM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W D VD-R and D VD-R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â11 Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD D VD Random Full strok e < 175 ms < 285 ms < 230 ms < 335 ms A udio output level A udio-out, 0.7 Vr ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (16X) CD-R W (8X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) D VD-R (4X) DV D - R W ( 2 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 2,400 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1,200 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3,600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 5,400 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 2,700 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 7 4X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Ta b l e 6 - 8 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive Applicable disk Read: DV D - R , DV D - R W, D VD-ROM (D VD-5, DV D - 9 , DV D - 1 0 , DV D - 1 8 ) , CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F orm 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R, CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Write: CD-R and CD-R W D VD-R and DV D - R W Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â13 Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in) T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD D VD Random Full strok e < 175 ms < 285 ms < 230 ms < 335 ms A udio output level A udio-out, 0.7 Vr ms Cache b uffer 2 MB Data transfer rate CD-R (16X) CD-R W (8X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) D VD-R (4X) DV D - R W ( 2 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 2,400 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1,200 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3,600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 5,400 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 2,700 KB/s (1,352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 15 seconds Stop time < 6 seconds Ta b l e 6 - 8 8X D VD±R W/R and CD-R W Combo Drive (Continued)
6â14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-9 8X Max D VD-ROM Drive Applicable disk D VD-ROM (D VD-5, D VD-9, D VD-10, D VD-18) CD-R OM (Mode 1 and 2) CD Digital A udio CD-XA ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-I ready (Mode 2, F or m 1 and 2) CD-R CD-R W Photo CD (single and multisession) CD-Bridge Center hole diameter 1.5 cm (0.59 in) Disk diameter Standard disc Mini disc 12 cm (4.72 in) 8 cm (3.15 in) Disk thickness 1.2 mm (0.047 in)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â15 T rack pitch 0.74 µm Access time CD media D VD media Random Full strok e < 100 ms < 175 ms < 125 ms < 225 ms A udio output level Line-out, 0.7 V rms Cache b uffer 512 KB Data transfer rate CD-R (24X) CD-R W (10X) CD-R OM (24X) DV D ( 8 X ) Multiword DMA mode 2 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 1500 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 3600 KB/s (150 KB/s at 1X CD rate) 10,800 KB/s (1352 KB/s at 1X D VD rate) 16.6 MB/s Star tup time < 10 seconds Stop time < 3 seconds T able 6-9 8X Max D VD-ROM Drive (Continued)
6â16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-10 System DMA Hard ware DMA System Function DMA0 n/a DMA1* n/a DMA2* n/a DMA3 n/a DMA4 Direct memor y access controller DMA5* A v ailable f or PC Card DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller ca n use DMA 1, 2, or 5.
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â17 T able 6-11 System Interrupts Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-K ey or Microsoft Natural K eyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 82801DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Cone xant A CâLink A u dio Intel 82801DB/DBM SM Bus Controllerâ24C3 Data F ax Modem with Smar tCP IRQ6 Diskette driv e IRQ7* P arallel por t IRQ8 System CMOS/real time clock IRQ9* Microsoft A CPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek R TL8139 F amily PCI f ast Ether net Controller *Def ault configuration; audio possib le configurations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none.
6â18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s Hard ware IRQ System Function IRQ11 Intel USB EHCI controllerâ24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 cardb us controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 T ouchP ad IRQ13 Numeric data processor IRQ14 Primar y IDE channel IRQ15 Secondar y IDE channel â PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IR Q5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IRQ11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the se rial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. T able 6-11 System Interrupts (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â19 T able 6-12 System I/O Addresses I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 000 - 00F DMA controller no . 1 010 - 01F Unused 020 - 021 Interrupt controller no . 1 022 - 024 Opti chipset configuration registers 025 - 03F Unused 02E - 02F 87334 âSuper I/Oâ configuration f or CPU 040 - 05F Counter/timer registers 044 - 05F Unused 060 K eyboard controller 061 P or t B 062 - 063 Unused 064 K eyboard controller 065 - 06F Unused 070 - 071 NMI enab le/R TC 072 - 07F Unused 080 - 08F DMA page registers 090 - 091 Unused 092 P or t A 093 - 09F Unused 0A0 - 0A1 Interrupt controller no . 2
6â20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 0A2 - 0BF Unused 0C0 - 0DF DMA controller no . 2 0E0 - 0EF Unused 0F0 - 0F1 Coprocessor busy clear/reset 0F2 - 0FF Unused 100 - 16F Unused 170 - 177 Secondar y fix ed disk controller 178 - 1EF Unused 1F0 - 1F7 Pr imar y fix ed disk controller 1F8 - 200 Unused 201 Jo ystic k (decoded in ESS1688) 202 - 21F Unused 220 - 22F Enter tainment audio 230 - 26D Unused 26E - 26 Unused 278 - 27F Unused 280 - 2AB Unused 2A0 - 2A7 Unused 2A8 - 2E7 Unused 2E8 - 2EF Reser v ed serial por t T able 6-12 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
Spe cificat ion s Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de 6â21 I/O Address (he x) System Function (shipping configuration) 2F0 - 2F7 Unused 2F8 - 2FF Infrared por t 300 - 31F Unused 320 - 36F Unused 370 - 377 Secondar y disk ette drive controller 378 - 37F P arallel por t (LPT1/def ault) 380 - 387 Unused 388 - 38B FM synthesizerâOPL3 38C - 3AF Unused 3B0 - 3BB V GA 3BC - 3BF Reser ved (par allel por t/no EPP suppor t) 3C0 - 3DF V GA 3E0 - 3E1 PC Card controller in CPU 3E2 - 3E3 Unused 3E8 - 3EF Inter nal modem 3F0 - 3F7 âAâ diskette controller 3F8 - 3FF Ser ial por t (COM1/def ault) CF8 - CFB PCI configuration inde x register (PCIDIV O-1) CFC - CFF PCI configuration data register (PCIDIV O-1) T able 6-12 System I/O Addresses (Continued)
6â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Spe cificat ion s T able 6-13 System Memory Map Size Memory Ad dress System Function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memor y 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memor y 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memor y 58 MB 01000000-047FFFFF Super e xtended memor y 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memor y (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFFFFFF System BIOS
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ1 A Co nnec tor P in As signm en ts Ta b l e A - 1 Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 3 Data 2 Data â 4 Ground
Aâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assignmen ts Ta b l e A - 2 RJ-45 (Netw ork) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 T ransmit 5 Unused 2 T ransmit â 6 Receiv e â 3 Receiv e 7 Unused 4 Unused 8 Unused
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ3 Ta b l e A - 3 S-Video-Out Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 TV - Ground 5 TV -CD 2 TV - CVBS 6 TV - Ground 3 TV - Ground 7 TV -YD 4 TV - Ground
Aâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assignmen ts Ta b l e A - 4 External Monitor Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Red analog 9 5 VDC 2 Green analog 10 Ground 3 Blue analog 11 Monitor detect 4 Not connected 12 DDC 2B data 5 Ground 13 Horizontal sync 6 Ground analog 14 V er tical sync 7 Ground analog 15 DDC 2B clock 8 Ground analog
Connec tor P in Assignments Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Aâ5 Ta b l e A - 5 RJ-11 (Modem) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 Unused 4 Unused 2T i p 5U n u s e d 3 Ring 6 Unused
Aâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Connec tor P in Assignmen ts Ta b l e A - 6 A udio-In (Micr ophone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 A udio signal in 3 Ground 2 A udio signal in Ta b l e A - 7 A udio-Out (Headphone) Pin Signal Pin Signal 1 A udio out, left channel 3 Ground 2 A udio out, r ight channel
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ1 B P o w er C ord Set Requirem ents 3-Con duc tor P o w er Cord Set The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line v oltage from 100 to 120 or 220 to 240 volts A C. The po wer cord set included with the computer meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment is purchased. Po wer cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where the computer is used.
Bâ2 Maintenance and Se r v ice Gui de P o w er Cor d Set Requir ements Gen eral R equiremen ts The requirements listed belo w are applicable to all countries. â The length of the po wer cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and a maximum of 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All po wer cord sets must be approv ed by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for e v aluation in the country where the po wer cord set will be used. â The po wer cord sets must ha ve a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nominal v oltage rating of 125 or 250 V A C, as required by each countryâ s po wer system. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical conf iguration of an EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the ap pliance inlet on the back of the computer .
P ow er Cor d Set R equirements Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Bâ3 Coun tr y-Spec ific R equiremen ts 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements Country Accredited Ag ency Applicable Note Number A ustralia EANSW 1 Au s t r i a O V E 1 Belgium C EBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMK O 1 Finland F IMK O 1 F rance UTE 1 Ger many VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Jap a n ME T I 3 â NOTES: 1. The fle xible cord m ust be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle xible cord m ust be T y pe SPT -3 or equiv alent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xib le cord, and wall plug mu st bear a âTâ mar k and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentor i La w . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration.
Bâ4 Maintenance and Se r v ice Gui de P o w er Cor d Set Requir ements Ko r e a E K 4 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norwa y NEMK O 1 P eopleâ s Republic of China CCC 5 Sweden SEMK O 1 Switzerland SEV 1 T aiw an BSMI 4 United Kingdom BSI 1 United States UL 2 â NOTES: 1. The fle xible cord m ust be <HAR> T ype HO5VV -F , 3-conductor , 1.0 mm² conductor size . P ow er cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the cer tification mark of the agency responsible f or ev aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 2. The fle xible cord m ust be T y pe SPT -3 or equiv alent, No . 18 A WG, 3-conductor . The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler , fle xib le cord, and wall plug mu st bear a âTâ mar k and registration number in accordance with the J apanese Dentor i La w . The fle xib le cord must be T ype VCT or VCTF , 3-conductor , 1.00 mm² conductor size . The wall plug m ust be a two-po le grounding type with a J apanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The fle xible cord m ust be T ype VC TF , 3-conductor , 0.75 mm² conductor size . P ower cord set fittings (appliance coupler and w a ll plug) must bear the cer tification mar k of the agency respon sible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 5. The fle xible cord m ust be T y pe R VV , 3-conductor , 0. 75 mm² conductor size . P ower cord set fittings (appliance coupler and w a ll plug) must bear the cer tification mar k of the agency respon sible f or e v aluation in the countr y where it will be used. 3-Conductor P ower Cor d Set Requirements (Continued) Country Accredited Ag ency Applicable Note Number
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ1 C Sc r e w Li sting This appendix provides specif ication and reference information for the scre ws used in the computer . All screws listed in this appendix are a v ailable in the Miscellaneous Scre w Kits, spare part numbers 367776-001 (for use on HP Pa vilion dv1000 models) and 373534-001 (for use on HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 models).
Câ2 Maint enance and Servi ce Guide Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã5 . 0 Sc r e w Locatio ns Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 1 T w o screws that secure the hard driv e cov er to the computer (screws are captured on the cov er by C clips; documented in Section 5.4 ) 2 T w o screws that secure the memory module compar tment cover to the computer (screws are captured on th e co v er by C clips; documented in Section 5.6 ) 3 One scre w that secures the Mini PC I compar tment cov er to the computer (screw is captured on the co ver b y C clips; documented in Section 5.7 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ3 Phillips P M2 .0Ã5 . 0 Sc r e w Locatio ns Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the displa y asse mbly on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.11 ) mm
Câ4 Maint enance and Servi ce Guide Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã5 . 0 Sc r e w Locatio ns Ta b l e C - 1 Phillips PM2.0Ã5.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 5.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the base encl osure on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ5 Phillips P M2 .5Ã4. 0 Scr ew L ocati ons Ta b l e C - 2 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard driv e fram e to the hard drive (documented in Section 5.4 ) mm
Câ6 Maint enance and Servi ce Guide Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã7 . 0 Sc r e w L ocation Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 18 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the optical dr iv e to the computer (documented in Section 5.8 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ7 Phillips P M2 .0Ã6 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 18 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the base encl osure on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
Câ8 Maint enance and Servi ce Guide Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã6 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 18 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 14 screws that secure the base enclosure on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ9 Phillips P M2 .0Ã6 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 3 Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 18 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 15 screws that secure the base en closure on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
Câ10 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the s witch cov er on the HP P avilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.9 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ11 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the s witch cov er on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.9 ) mm
Câ12 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the k eyboard on th e HP P avilion dv10 00 (documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ13 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the base encl osure on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
Câ14 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the base enclosure on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.12 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ15 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the USB/S-Video controller board to the computer (documented in Section 5.13 ) mm
Câ16 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the heat sink to the computer (documented in Section 5.17 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ17 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the f an to the heat sink (documented in Section 5.18 ) mm
Câ18 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the system board on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.20) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ19 Phillips P M2 .0Ã4. 0 Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 4 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 19 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the system bo ard on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.20 ) mm
Câ20 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã3 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the k eyboard on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.10 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ21 Phillips P M2 .0Ã3 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the men u control b u tton board on the HP P a vilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.16 ) mm
Câ2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M2 .0Ã3 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 5 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 Screw (Continued) Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 10 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the LED board on the HP Compaq nx4800 and Compaq Presario V2000 (documented in Section 5.21 ) mm
S crew Li st i n g Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Câ2 3 Phillips P M2 .0Ã5 . 0 R ound Head Sc r e w L ocations Ta b l e C - 6 Phillips PM2.0Ã7.0 Round Head Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Silv er 4 7.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the displa y asse mbly on the HP P avilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.11 ) mm
Câ2 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Scr e w Listing Phillips P M1. 5Ã2 . 0 Scr ew L ocations Ta b l e C - 7 Phillips PM1.5Ã2.0 Screw Color Qty . Length Thread Head Width Black 3 2.0 mm 1.5 mm 6.0 mm Where used: 3 screws that secure the LED board on the HP P avilion dv1000 (documented in Section 5.21 ) mm
Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ1 In de x 1394 port 1â11, 1â13 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader light 1â11, 1â13 6-in-1 Digital Media Reader slot 1â11, 1â13 6-in-1 Memory Reader light 1â13 6-in-1 Memory Reader slot 1â13 A AC adapter, spare part number 3â25 , 3â32 arrow keys 1â19, 1â21 audio troubleshooting 2â23 audio-in (microphone) jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 audio-out (headphone) jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 B Back button 1â27 base enclosure removal 5â35 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â27 , 5â35 battery light 1â7, 1â9 battery pack location 1â32, 1â34 removal 5â5 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â27 , 3â36 , 5â5 specifications 6â5 battery pack release latch 1â32 , 1â34 bottom components 1â32, 1â34 C cables, service considerations 4â2 caps lock key 1â19 , 1â21 caps lock light 1â27, 1â28 components bottom 1â32, 1â34 front 1â6, 1â8 keyboard 1â18, 1â20 left-side 1â14, 1â16 rear 1â14, 1â16 right-side 1â10, 1â12 top 1â22 , 1â24, 1â26, 1â28 , 1â30 computer feet illustrated 3â20 locations 5â10
Inde xâ2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x Computer Setup Advanced Menu 2â4 Main Menu 2â2 overview 2â1 Security Menu 2â3 Tools Menu 2â4 computer specifications 6â1 connector pin assignments external monitor Aâ4 headphone Aâ6 microphone Aâ6 monitor Aâ4 RJ-11 (modem) Aâ5 RJ-45 (network) Aâ2 S-Video-out Aâ3 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Aâ1 connectors, service considerations 4â2 D design overview 1â36 disassembly sequence chart 5â3 diskette drive OS loading problems 2â19 spare part number 3â24 display assembly removal 5â30 spare part numbers 3â3, 3â30 , 3â31 , 3â32 , 3â33 , 5â30 specifications 6â3 display hinge brackets, spare part number 3â3 display hinge covers, spare part number 3â3 , 3â35 , 3â36 display release button 1â7 , 1â9 display switch 1â22, 1â28 DMA specifications 6â16 docking device, troubleshooting 2â14 drives, preventing damage 4â2 DVD button 1â23 DVD RW/R and CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 3â36 , 5â16 specifications 6â8 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â31 , 3â33 , 5â16 specifications 6â6 DVD±RW/R and CD-RW Combo Drive OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 5â16 specifications 6â10, 6â12
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ3 DVD-ROM drive OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â31 , 3â33 , 5â16 specifications 6â14 E electrostatic discharge 4â3, 4â7 EMI Gasket Kit, spare part number 3â36 exhaust vents 1â15, 1â17, 1â33 , 1â35 expansion port 1â15, 1â17 external monitor port location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ4 F f1 to f12 keys 1â19, 1â21 fan removal 5â50 spare part number 3â11, 3â31 , 5â50 features 1â2 feet illustrated 3â20 locations 5â10 flowcharts, troubleshooting no audio 2â23, 2â24 no network/modem connection 2â28 no OS loading 2â15 no OS loading from diskette drive 2â19 no OS loading from hard drive 2â16, 2â17, 2â18 no power 2â8, 2â10, 2â11 no video 2â12, 2â13 nonfunctioning device 2â25 nonfunctioning expansion base 2â14 nonfunctioning keyboard 2â26 nonfunctioning pointing device 2â27 fn key 1â19, 1â21 front components 1â6, 1â8 G grounding equipment and methods 4â6 H hard drive OS loading problems 2â16 precautions 4â2 removal 5â6 spare part numbers 3â17, 3â22 , 3â23 , 3â31 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 5â6 specifications 6â4 hard drive bay 1â33, 1â35 hard drive cover illustrated 3â20 removal 5â7 headphone jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6
Inde xâ4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x headset, spare part number 3â25 , 3â31 heat sink removal 5â48 spare part number 3â11, 3â31 , 5â48 I I/O address specifications 6â19 IDE drive light 1â7, 1â9 interrupt specifications 6â17 K keyboard removal 5â24 spare part numbers 3â7, 3â9 , 3â28 , 3â29 , 3â30 , 5â24 troubleshooting 2â26 keyboard components 1â18 , 1â20 keypad keys 1â19, 1â21 L label area 1â33 , 1â35 LED board removal 5â62 spare part numbers 3â9, 3â31 , 5â62 left-side components 1â14, 1â16 Logo Kit, spare part number 3â25 , 3â32 , 3â33 M mass storage devices, spare part numbers 3â22 memory map specifications 6â22 memory module removal 5â10 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â28 , 5â10 memory module compartment cover illustrated 3â20 removal 5â11 menu control button board removal 5â45 spare part number 3â15, 3â33 , 5â45 microphone jack location 1â7, 1â9 pin assignments Aâ6 Mini PCI communications card removal 5â13 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â32 , 3â33 , 3â35 Mini PCI compartment 1â33, 1â35 Mini PCI compartment cover illustrated 3â20 removal 5â14 Miscellaneous Plastics Kit contents 3â19 , 3â20 , 3â21 , 3â27 spare part numbers 3â19, 3â21 , 3â27
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ5 modem jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ5 modem, troubleshooting 2â28 monitor port location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ4 mouse, spare part number 3â25 , 3â27 Music button 1â23 mute button 1â25, 1â29 mute light 1â25, 1â29 N network jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ2 network, troubleshooting 2â28 Next/Fast Forward button 1â25 nonfunctioning device, troubleshooting 2â14, 2â25 num lock key 1â19, 1â21 num lock light 1â27, 1â29 O OK button 1â27 operating system loading, troubleshooting 2â15 optical drive location 1â11 , 1â13 , 1â32 , 1â34 OS loading problems 2â20 precautions 4â2 removal 5â16 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â17 , 3â23 , 3â31 , 3â33 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 3â36 P packing precautions 4â4 PC Card assembly, spare part numbers 3â13, 3â36 PC Card eject buttons 1â15, 1â17 PC Card slots 1â15, 1â17 plastic parts 4â2 Play/Pause button 1â23 pointing device, troubleshooting 2â27 power button 1â22, 1â29 power button light 1â27 power connector 1â15, 1â17 power cord set requirements Bâ2 spare part numbers 3â26, 3â34 power management features 1â5 power, troubleshooting 2â8 power/standby light 1â7, 1â9 , 1â29 Previous/Rewind button 1â23 processor removal 5â52 spare part numbers 3â11, 3â27 , 3â32 , 3â34 , 3â35 , 3â36 , 5â52
Inde xâ6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Inde x Q QuickPlay, no OS loading 2â21 , 2â22 R rear components 1â14, 1â16 remote control, spare part number 3â25, 3â32 removal preliminaries 4â1 procedures 5â1 replacement preliminaries 4â1 procedures 5â1 right-side components 1â10 , 1â12 RJ-11 (modem) jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ5 RJ-45 (network) jack location 1â15, 1â17 pin assignments Aâ2 RTC battery, removal 5â44 S Screw Kit, spare part number 3â25 , 3â28 , 3â33 screw listing Câ1 security cable slot 1â15, 1â17 serial number 3â1, 5â2 service considerations 4â1 speaker assembly removal 5â42 spare part numbers 3â15, 3â31 , 3â34 , 5â42 speakers 1â7, 1â9 specifications battery pack 6â5 computer 6â1 display 6â3 DMA 6â16 DVD RW/R and CD-RW Combo Drive 6â8 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive 6â6 DVD±RW/R and CD-RW Combo Drive 6â10, 6â12 DVD-ROM drive 6â14 hard drive 6â4 I/O addresses 6â19 interrupts 6â17 memory map 6â22 static shielding materials 4â7 Stop button 1â25 S-Video-out jack location 1â11, 1â13 pin assignments Aâ3 switch cover removal 5â18 spare part numbers 3â5, 3â30 , 3â33 , 5â18 system board removal 5â54 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â31 , 3â33 , 3â35 , 3â36 , 5â54 system memory map 6â22
Inde x Maintenance and Serv ice Gui de Inde xâ7 T tools required 4â1 top components 1â22, 1â24, 1â26 , 1â28 , 1â30 top cover, spare part numbers 3â9 , 3â27 , 3â33 TouchPad buttons 1â27, 1â31 horizontal scrolling region 1â31 light 1â27, 1â31 location 1â27, 1â31 on/off button 1â27, 1â31 vertical scroll region 1â27 , 1â31 transporting precautions 4â4 troubleshooting audio 2â23 Computer Setup 2â1 docking device 2â14 flowcharts 2â5 keyboard 2â26 modem 2â28 network 2â28 no OS loading for QuickPlay application 2â21 , 2â22 nonfunctioning device 2â14 , 2â25 OS loading 2â15 overview 2â1 pointing device 2â27 power 2â8 video 2â12 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) connector location 1â11 , 1â13 , 1â15 , 1â17 pin assignments Aâ1 USB digital drive, spare part number 3â24, 3â27 USB diskette drive, spare part number 3â27 USB pocket drive, spare part number 3â24 USB travel mouse, spare part number 3â25, 3â27 USB/S-Video controller board removal 5â40 spare part numbers 3â13, 3â31 , 3â33 , 5â40 V video recorder, spare part number 3â25, 3â27 video troubleshooting 2â12 volume buttons 1â25, 1â29 W Windows applications key 1â19 , 1â21 Windows logo key 1â19 , 1â21 wireless button 1â25, 1â29 wireless button light 1â9 wireless light 1â14, 1â29 workstation precautions 4â5